Menu

Revelation 4:7 — Word Study

Depth

N1904καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

BSAAndkai theho living creaturezōon [a being with life] <the>ho firstprōtos [primarily, in the beginning] [was] likehomoios [similar in appearance or character] as a lion,leōn [a wild and powerful animal] andkai theho seconddeuteros living creaturezōon likehomoios [resembling] as a calf,moschos [a young bullock] andkai theho thirdtritos living creaturezōon he is havingechō the faceprosōpon [a countenance] as of a man,anthrōpos [a human being] andkai theho fourthtetartos [last in the series] living creaturezōon likehomoios [comparable to] as an eagleaetos [a bird of prey] flying.petomai [soaring through the air]

Word
Listen & take awayRevelation 4
English ↓ Download MP3 The Berean Standard Bible chapter audio already hosted for the site's Bible section — verse 7 is in this chapter.
Say the word Each Greek word carries its transliteration (petomai) — no per-word recordings of the Greek exist to link to.
Take it away
Revelation 4:7quick helps
In a sentenceThe verse describes four living creatures, each resembling different animals, symbolizing various aspects of creation.
Who is speakingThe Apostle John, as he recounts his vision in the book of Revelation.
Where we areThis verse is part of a larger vision of God's throne and the heavenly beings surrounding it.
The hard wordζῷον
Take awayThe creatures represent a connection between the divine and the created order.
8 commentators on this verse Gill, Jamieson, Poole, Trapp & more — read them › clause subject verbἔχω The sentence as the grammar sees it Open the tree ›
How rare are these words?in the New Testament

Every word here is used elsewhere in the New Testament.

Bars are logarithmic — , the commonest word in the Greek New Testament, stands 19,867 times, so a linear scale would leave everything else invisible. Click a row to open that word.

Deep Study — Revelation 4:7

Sections marked generated are written from the data on this page rather than by a named author. Everything else — the lexicon entries, the cross references, the manuscript readings, the counts — is quoted from its source unchanged.

Context — The Vision of the Thronegenerated

6And before the throne was something like a sea of glass, as clear as crystal. In the center, around the throne, were four living creatures, covered with eyes in front and back.
7The first living creature was like a lion, the second like a calf, the third had a face like a man, and the fourth was like an eagle in flight.
8And each of the four living creatures had six wings and was covered with eyes all around and within. Day and night they never stop saying: “Holy, Holy, Holy, is the Lord God Almighty, who was and is and is to come!”
9And whenever the living creatures give glory, honor, and thanks to the One seated on the throne who lives forever and ever,

Revelation 4:7 presents a vivid image of four living creatures that surround God's throne. Each creature has distinct characteristics, representing various aspects of creation and serving as guardians of God's holiness. This imagery connects to other biblical passages that describe similar creatures, emphasizing their role in worship and praise before God.


Cross References

ReferenceText (BSB)
1Revelation 4:6And before the throne was something like a sea of glass, as clear as crystal. In the center, around the throne, were four living creatures, covered with eyes in front and back.
2Genesis 49:9Judah is a young lion— my son, you return from the prey. Like a lion he crouches and lies down; like a lioness, who dares to rouse him?
3Numbers 2:2–34“The Israelites are to camp around the Tent of Meeting at a distance from it, each man under his standard, with the banners of his family.
4Numbers 23:24Behold, the people rise like a lioness; they rouse themselves like a lion, not resting until they devour their prey and drink the blood of the slain.”
5Numbers 24:9He crouches, he lies down like a lion; like a lioness, who dares to rouse him? Blessed are those who bless you and cursed are those who curse you.”

The Key Word ζῷον, zōongenerated

The word ζῷον (zōon) refers to a living creature or being, derived from the root meaning 'alive.' It encompasses all forms of life, including animals and humans. In this context, it describes the unique beings surrounding God's throne, emphasizing their vitality and purpose.

This term appears frequently in the New Testament, particularly in Revelation, where it describes strange and powerful creatures. The use of ζῷον highlights the dynamic nature of these beings as they interact with the divine.


How Translations Differ — measured against the Berean Standard Biblegenerated

In this study, the verse is primarily compared to the Berean Standard Bible (BSB), which translates the creatures as 'living creatures.' Other versions, such as the KJV and ASV, use 'beast' instead, which may convey a different nuance.

The translations agree on the descriptions of the creatures, but they differ in the choice of 'living creature' versus 'beast.' This distinction affects how readers perceive the nature and role of these beings in the heavenly vision.


Sentence Structuregenerated

The verse consists of a series of clauses that describe each of the four living creatures. The main verb is implied, with each clause presenting a different creature and its likeness: 'the first living creature was like a lion,' 'the second like a calf,' and so on.

Each clause is structured to introduce the creature and its comparison, creating a rhythm that emphasizes the sequence and variety of the living beings before the throne.


Septuagint Backgroundgenerated

The term ζῷον appears in the Septuagint, often translating the Hebrew word for 'living' or 'alive' (חַי). This connection underscores the creatures' vitality and their role in the divine order.

In the context of the Old Testament, similar creatures are described in the visions of Ezekiel, where they also serve as symbols of God's glory and power.


In plain words — the whole versegenerated

Revelation 4:7 tells us about four living creatures around God's throne. The first is like a lion, the second like a calf, the third has a face like a man, and the fourth is like an eagle in flight. Each creature symbolizes different aspects of creation and worship.


Frequently Asked Questionsgenerated

What do the four living creatures represent?

The four living creatures symbolize various aspects of creation and serve as guardians of God's throne, reflecting His glory and power.

Why are these creatures described in such specific ways?

The specific descriptions highlight the diversity of creation and the unique characteristics of each creature, emphasizing their roles in worship and praise.

How do these creatures relate to other biblical visions?

Similar creatures are found in the visions of Ezekiel, where they also represent God's glory and serve in a worshipful capacity.

What is the significance of their appearances?

Their appearances as powerful animals and a human face convey strength, intelligence, and the fullness of creation, all of which glorify God.


Reflection Questionsgenerated

  1. What do you think the four living creatures teach us about God's creation?
  2. How can we reflect the characteristics of these creatures in our worship today?
  3. In what ways do you see God's glory displayed in the natural world around you?
  4. How can understanding these symbols deepen your appreciation for the book of Revelation?

The early church on this verse — how the Fathers read it

Early Church Fathers comment on the imagery of the four living creatures, drawing connections to their symbolic meanings in the context of worship and divine presence.

Victorinus of PettauCommentary on the Apocalypse of the Blessed John d. c. 304
"The first living creature was like to a lion, and the second was like to a calf, and the third had a face like to a man, and the fourth was like to a flying eagle; and they had six wings, and round about and within they were full of eyes;
Early Church Fathers on Revelation 4 →
Augustine of HippoTRACTATES ON THE GOSPEL OF John 36.5.2 354–430
Both in the prophet Ezekiel and in the Apocalypse of the same John whose Gospel this is, there is mentioned a quadruple beast, having four characteristic faces: a man's, a calf's, a lion's, an eagle's.
Early Church Fathers on Revelation 4 →
OecumeniusCommentary on Revelation 6th c.
Each of the animals is associated with one of these elements: the lion with fire, due to the animal's warmth and spirited nature; the calf with the earth, because the calf's work is connected to the soil;
Early Church Fathers on Revelation 4 →

Commentators on this verse — 8 expositors, verse by verse

Each of these wrote on Revelation 4:7 itself, not merely on the chapter around it.

John Gill1697–1771Gill's Exposition of the Entire Bible

And the first beast [was] like a lion,.... And this figure expresses the strength of the ministers of the word, the lion being the strongest among beasts, Proverbs 30:30, to do the work they are

Read John Gill on Revelation 4 →
Robert Jamieson1802–1880Jamieson, Fausset, and Brown's Commentary

And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle. Calf - `a steer' (Alford).

Read Robert Jamieson on Revelation 4 →
Matthew Poole1624–1679Matthew Poole's Commentary on the Holy Bible

It is observed concerning these four living creatures, (for so they were, not beasts in a strict sense, as it is opposed to flying things, for the fourth was a fowl): 1. That they were the same mentioned in Ezekiel’ s vision, ; only each one there is said to have had the four faces of these creatures, here each one had a single face proper to it. 2. That these were the four creatures whose portraitures were in the four ensigns of the Israelites as they were marshalled into four companies, allotting the men of three tribes to each company. Judah’ s standard had a lion in its colours, according to Jacob’ s prophecy of that tribe, , Ephraim had an ox, Reuben had a man, Dan an eagle. This the…

Read Matthew Poole on Revelation 4 →
John Trapp1601–1669Trapp's Complete Commentary on the Old and New Testaments

7 And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle. 8 And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come. Ver. 8. Full of eyes within] To look to themselves also as well as to the flock, Acts 20:28, lest while they preach to others, &c., 1 Corinthians 9:27. They rest not] Gr. They have no rest, and yet they have no unrest either, the sweet content they take in their continual employment is fitter to be believed than possible to be…

Read John Trapp on Revelation 4 →
Charles John Ellicott1819–1905Ellicott's Commentary for English Readers

(7) And the first beast (better, in each case, living being) was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf (comp. Ezekiel 1:7; Ezekiel 1:10), and the third beast had a face as a man (or, its countenance as of a man), and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.—These are living beings, not “beasts,” as in the Authorised version. The rendering “beasts” introduces confusion of thought, and violates the laws of Apocalyptic, indeed of Bible imagery. The evil powers are described under the emblem of wild beasts; for thus brute force, and unrestrained passion, and self-will, &c., are symbolised. (See Revelation 11:7; Revelation 13:1-2; Revelation 16:2; Revelation 17:3; Revelation 17:7…

Read Charles John Ellicott on Revelation 4 →
AdamClarkeAdam Clarke's Commentary on the Bible

Verse 7. The first beast was like a lion] It is supposed that there is a reference here to the four standards or ensigns of the four divisions of the tribes in the Israelitish camp, as they are described by Jewish writers. The first living creature was like a lion; this was, say the rabbins, the standard of JUDAH on the east, with the two tribes of Issachar and Zabulon. The second, like a calf or ox, which was the emblem of EPHRAIM who pitched on the west, with the two tribes of Manasseh and Benjamin. The third, with the face of a man, which, according to the rabbins, was the standard of REUBEN who pitched on the south, with the two tribes of Simeon and Gad. The fourth which was like a…

Read AdamClarke on Revelation 4 →
CambridgeThe Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

7. The description of these living creatures does not exactly agree with any of the O. T. parallels: in Ezekiel 1, which is the nearest, the four Cherubim, as they are called, have human figures, calves’ feet, and each has four faces, of the same four animals as these: also they have each four wings, while these have six, like the Seraphim of Isa 6:2. Probably the meaning is, that these four represent the Cherubim and Seraphim who “continually do cry ‘Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God of Sabaoth’.” We have no reason to suppose that the Angels, or these super-angelic Beings, have proper bodies or invariable forms: they appear in such forms as may please God, or may be appropriate to the purpose for…

Read Cambridge on Revelation 4 →
Albert Barnes1798–1870Barnes' Notes on the Bible

And the first beast was like a lion - A general description has been given, applicable to all, denoting that in whatever form the divine government is administered, these things will be found; a

Read Albert Barnes on Revelation 4 →

The verse in English, compared — 16 translations, and where they part company

Every translation on this page is a decision someone had to make and commit to. Read down a column and you see one translator's judgement; read across a row and you see the range the Greek actually allows. The BSB is the wording the rest of this page is measured against, so it is listed first.

Modern formal

BSBBerean Standard Bible2020

The first living creature was like a lion, the second like a calf, the third had a face like a man, and the fourth was like an eagle in flight.

WEBWorld English Bible2000

The first creature was like a lion, the second creature like a calf, the third creature had a face like a man, and the fourth was like a flying eagle.

MSBMajority Standard Bible2022

The first living creature was like a lion, the second like a calf, the third had the face of a man, and the fourth was like an eagle in flight.

NETBNew English Translation2006

The first living creature was like a lion, the second creature like an ox, the third creature had a face like a man’s, and the fourth creature looked like an eagle flying.

Tyndale line

KJVKing James Version1611

And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.

ASVAmerican Standard Version1901

And the first creature was like a lion, and the second creature like a calf, and the third creature had a face as of a man, and the fourth creature was like a flying eagle.

RVARevised Version, American1894

And the first creature was like a lion, and the second creature like a calf, and the third creature had a face as of a man, and the fourth creature was like a flying eagle.

NWBWebster's Bible1833

And the first living being was like a lion, and the second living being like a calf, and the third living being had a face as a man, and the fourth living being was like a flying eagle.

GNVGeneva Bible1599

And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calfe, and the thirde beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying Eagle.

Strictly literal

DBYDarby Translation1890

and the first living creature like a lion, and the second living creature like a calf, and the third living creature having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like a flying eagle.

YLTYoung's Literal Translation1862

and the first living creature [is] like a lion, and the second living creature [is] like a calf, and the third living creature hath the face as a man, and the fourth living creature [is] like an eagle flying.

LSVLiteral Standard Version2020

and the first living creature—like a lion; and the second living creature—like a calf; and the third living creature has the face as a man; and the fourth living creature—like an eagle flying.

ULBUnlocked Literal Bible2017

The first living creature was like a lion, the second living creature was like a calf, the third living creature had a face like a man, and the fourth living creature was like a flying eagle.

From the Latin

DRADouay-Rheims (Challoner)1899

And the first living creature was like a lion: and the second living creature like a calf: and the third living creature, having the face, as it were, of a man: and the fourth living creature was like an eagle flying.

Simplified

FBVFree Bible Version2020

The first creature looked like a lion, the second like a young bull, the third had a human face, and the fourth looked like a flying eagle.

BBEBible in Basic English1949

And the first beast was like a lion, and the second like an ox, and the third had a face like a man, and the fourth was like an eagle in flight.

Word by word, the decisions they made

ἔχωνechō he is having G2192 4 different renderings
hadASV BBE BSB FBV GNV KJV MSB NETB RVA ULB WEB
havingDBY DRA
hasLSV
beingNWB
πρόσωπονprosōpon face G4383 2 different renderings
faceASV BBE BSB DBY DRA FBV GNV KJV LSV NETB NWB RVA ULB WEB YLT
face ofMSB

Counted from the translations carried on this site, not from a survey of every English Bible. A rendering shared by many versions is usually inherited rather than independently arrived at — the Tyndale line in particular runs through most of them.


The sentence as the grammar sees it — from the Nestle 1904 treebank

This is not our own analysis: it is the scholarly syntax tree for the verse, showing how the clause actually holds together.

clauseκαὶAndclauseclausenoun phrase · subjectτὸthenoun phraseζῷονliving creaturenoun phraseτὸ-πρῶτονfirstpredicateὅμοιον[was] likeadverbialλέοντιa lionκαὶandclausenoun phrase · subjectτὸthenoun phraseδεύτερονsecondζῷονliving creaturepredicateὅμοιονlikeadverbialμόσχῳa calfκαὶandclausenoun phrase · subjectτὸthenoun phraseτρίτονthirdζῷονliving creatureverbἔχωνhavingnoun phrase · objectτὸthenoun phraseπρόσωπονfaceprepositional phraseὡςasἀνθρώπουof a manκαὶandclausenoun phrase · subjectτὸthenoun phraseτέταρτονfourthζῷονliving creaturepredicateὅμοιονlikenoun phrase · adverbialἀετῷan eagleπετομένῳflying

Boxes are the grammarian's groupings — clause, noun phrase, prepositional phrase.


The earliest translations — Latin and Syriac

Every translation is an argument about meaning made by someone who had to commit to one. These two were made while the Greek was still a living language, and they are the oldest opinions we have about what this verse says.

Latin VulgateAD 382–405

Et animal primum simile leoni, et secundum animal simile vitulo, et tertium animal habens faciem quasi hominis, et quartum animal simile aquilæ volanti.

Jerome revised the Old Latin against the Greek from AD 382; the Latin west read this text for a thousand years.

Syriac Peshittaby AD 400

ܚܝܘܬܐ ܩܕܡܝܬܐ ܕܡܝܐ ܠܐܪܝܐ ܘܚܝܘܬܐ ܕܬܪܬܝܢ ܕܡܘܬܐ ܕܥܓܠܐ ܘܚܝܘܬܐ ܕܬܠܬ ܐܝܬ ܠܗ ܐܦܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܒܪܢܫܐ ܘܚܝܘܬܐ ܕܐܪܒܥ ܕܡܘܬܐ ܕܢܫܪܐ ܕܦܪܚ

The Bible of the Syriac-speaking church, in the language nearest to the Aramaic Jesus spoke.

Shown verse by verse rather than word by word: aligning a Greek word to its Latin or Syriac counterpart automatically would be guesswork, and a wrong alignment is worse than none.


The Greek editions compared — what the manuscripts actually say

Eight printed editions of the Greek New Testament, side by side. Where they agree the wording is settled; where a word is missing from an edition it is marked, so you can see the difference rather than take it on trust.

Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

The standard critical text of the New Testament.

Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

The previous edition, still widely cited.

SBL Greek New Testament2010 · Michael Holmes

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

The Society of Biblical Literature edition, freely licensed.

Westcott–Hort1881 · Westcott and Hort

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

The edition that turned scholarship toward the earliest manuscripts.

Tregelles1857–1879 · Samuel Prideaux Tregelles

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

An independent critical text built from the oldest witnesses then known.

Tyndale House Greek NT2017 · Tyndale House, Cambridge

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

A recent critical edition following documentary evidence closely.

Byzantine majority text2018 · Robinson–Pierpont

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

The reading of the majority of surviving manuscripts.

Textus Receptus1550/1894 lineage

καὶ τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ.

The printed tradition behind the King James Version.

Every witness on this verse they differ
Critical editions
Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993SBL Greek New Testament2010Westcott–Hort1881Tregelles1857–1879Tyndale House Greek NT2017
Byzantine / Majority
Byzantine majority text2018
Received Text
Textus Receptus1550/1894

A witness that read differently would show its variant word here, marked.

Word by word, across the editions

WordEditions carrying itMissing from
ἔχων he is havingNA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, TregTR, Byz
τὸ theNA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TRByz
ὡς asNA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, TRByz
ἀνθρώπου, of a man,NA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, ByzTR

The map of this verse — what each word keeps company with

This is a map of two things, both counted rather than judged. Company kept: which words stand within three words of each of these, anywhere in the Greek New Testament — the thicker the line, the more often the pair meet compared with chance. Built from: the words a word is made out of, taken from its own Strong’s entry. It is not a map of meaning: nothing here claims two words mean the same thing. Click any circle to see the numbers behind it.

Revelation 4:7καίAndAndκαίthetheζῷονliving crealiving creatureζῷον<the><the>πρῶτοςfirstfirstπρῶτοςὅμοιος[was] like[was] likeὅμοιοςλέωνas a lion,as a lion,λέωνκαίandandκαίthetheδεύτεροςsecondsecondδεύτεροςζῷονliving crealiving creatureζῷονὅμοιοςlikelikeὅμοιοςμόσχοςas a calf,as a calf,μόσχοςκαίandandκαίthetheτρίτοςthirdthirdτρίτοςζῷονliving crealiving creatureζῷονἔχωhe is havinhe is havingἔχωthetheπρόσωπονfacefaceπρόσωπονὡςasasὡςἄνθρωποςof a man,of a man,ἄνθρωποςκαίandandκαίthetheτέταρτοςfourthfourthτέταρτοςζῷονliving crealiving creatureζῷονὅμοιοςlikelikeὅμοιοςἀετόςas an eagleas an eagleἀετόςπέτομαιflying.flying.πέτομαιζάωv. I livev. I liveζάωὁμοῦAdv togethAdv togetherὁμοῦπρόPrep. befoPrep. beforeπρότρεῖςAdj threeAdj threeτρεῖςὀπτάνομαιv. I appeav. I appear, amὀπτάνομαιὅςRel.pr. whRel.pr. who, whὅςδύοAdj. & IndAdj. & Indec.nuδύοπρόςPrep. to, Prep. to, towarπρόςἀνήρn.m. a maln.m. a male humἀνήρἀήρn.m. airn.m. airἀήρτέσσαρεςAdj fourAdj fourτέσσαρεςἄλογοςAdj unreasAdj unreasonablἄλογοςζῷονn.n. an ann.n. an animalζῷονβασιλείαn.f. kingsn.f. kingship, βασιλείαχείρωνAdj worseAdj worseχείρωνἔσχατοςAdj last, Adj last, at thἔσχατοςστόμαn.n. the mn.n. the mouth,στόμαὡςAdv as, liAdv as, like asὡς
meets it a little oftener than chancemeets it far oftener than chancebuilt from the same roottwo words of the verse share ita word of this versea related word

Lexicons — every word in Revelation 4:7

One dossier per word, with every reference work grouped by kind — Greek lexicons, morphology, Bible dictionaries, topical chains and the English of the translators themselves. The verse sits at the head of each block with the word under study lit, so you never lose your place. The panel above gives the short answer; this is the long one, and it is the part of the page worth indexing.

Every entry below is the lexicographer's own text. Imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, the full Liddell-Scott-Jones, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate LSJ, Robinson and Packard on the Greek, Webster and Cawdrey on the English the translators were using. Where a cell says a work has no entry, that work genuinely has none for this word.

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
καὶkai And G2532 Conjunction
8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.
Tyndale gloss
and
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%and
and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ἐνἐπίπρός
σύ
χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,
ἐγώ
πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god
εἰμίI am, exist
αὐτόςArticle theἐγώ
θεόςGod, a god
Article theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe
καίAnd8978×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςArticle theπρός
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
Article theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τὸho the G3588 Article · nominative · singular · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Revelation as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-NSN — Article · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ζῷονzōon living creature G2226 Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
23× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A living thing, like an animal, is what this word describes. In Revelation 4-6, it talks about strange creatures that are alive. In 2 Peter 2:12, it describes people who act like animals.
Amplified meaning
a being with life
Tyndale gloss
living thing
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ζῷον (zōon) refers to a living creature or animal, derived from the root meaning 'alive.' It appears frequently in the New Testament, notably in Hebrews 13:11 and Revelation. The term encompasses all living beings, contrasting with θηρίον (therion), which emphasizes a more brutal or bestial aspect. The lexicons indicate that while both terms can sometimes be used interchangeably, ζῷον is broader and more inclusive.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ζῶον, θηρίον from a scan

In passages out of number one of these words might be employed quite as fitly as the other, even as there are many in which they are used interchangeably, as by Plutarch, De Cap. ex Inim. Util. ἃ. This does not however prove that there is no distinction between them, if other passages occur, however few, where one is fit and the other not; or where, though neither would be unfit, one would possess a greater fitness than the other. The distinction, latent in other cases, because there is nothing to evoke it, reveals itself in these. The difference between ζῶον (by Lachmann always more correctly accented ζῷον) and θηρίον is not that between two coordinate terms ; but one, the second, is wholly subordinate to the first, a less included in a greater. All creatures that live on earth, including man himself, λογικὸν καὶ πολιτικὸν ζῶον, as Plutarch (De Am. Prol. 8) so grandly describes him…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ζῷον (Rec. ζῶον, v. LS, s.v.), -ου, τό

(< ζωός, alive),

[in LXX for חַיָּה (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;]

a living creature, an animal: Re 4:6-9 5:6 ff. Re 6:1 ff. Re 7:11 14:3 15:7 19:4; ζῴων τ. αἷμα, He 13:11; ἄλογα ζ., II Pe 2:12, Ju 10.†

SYN.: θηρίον, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, ζ. is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., lxxxi; Cremer, 274).

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ζῶον [or ζῷον (so L WH uniformly, Treg. in Heb. and Rey.; see Etym. Magn. 413, 24, and reff. s. v. I, ) ], του, τό, (ζωός alive) ; 1. a living being. 2. an animal, brute, beast: Heb. xiii. 11; 2 Pet. ii. 12; Jude 10; Rev. iv. 6-9 [on vs. 8 ef. Β. 130 (114)], ete. [Syn.: ζῶον differs from θηρίον (at least ety mologically; but cf. Schmidt as below) in giving prominence to the vital element, while θηρίον emphasizes the bestial element. Hence in Rey. as above ¢ is fitly rendered living creature in contradistinction to the θηρίον beast, cf. xi. 7; xiii. 1, ete. See Trench § lxxxi.; Schmidt ii. ch. 70.] two-roréw, -@; fut. ζωοποιήσω; 1 aor. inf. ζωοποιῆσαι; Pass., pres. ζωοποιοῦμαι; 1 fut. ζωοποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. ptep. ζωοποιηθείς ; (ζωοποιός making alive) ; 1. to produce alive, beget or bear living young, (Aristot., Theophr.). 2. to cause to live, make alive, give life: τὰ πάντα, of God, 1…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ζῷον. With the use of ζῷον (for form, see Blass-Debrunner ὃ 26) in Rev to denote ‘‘a /iwzng creature,” the symbol of the Divine immanence in Nature, as distinguished from θηρίον, “*a brute beast,” we may compare the frequent reff. to ἱερὰ {Ga in the papyri, e.g. Ρ Tebt I. 578 (B.c. 118), where it is laid down that the expenses of the burial of Apis and Mnevis and τῶν ἄλλων ἱερῶν ζῴν (/. ζῴων) shall be defrayed by the Crown, and 26. 5.713 (B.c. 114), where reference is made to furnishing τὰς τῶν ἱερῶν ζώιων σειταγωγίας, ‘the supplies of food for the sacred animals.’’ Cf. also P Oxy IX. 11884 (A.D. 13) ἐπὶ τῆ(ς) τῶν ἱερῶν ζῴων θήκης, and from the inscrr. OGZS 9051 (the Rosetta stone—B.c. 196) τῶι τε Απει καὶ τῶι Mvever πολλὰ ἐδωρήσατο καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱεροῖς ζώιοις τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτωι. In Aristeas 147 the reference is to “tame birds”—ta τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα Loa. MGr…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ζῷον (zōon) — living thing.

ζῷον, τό,

living being, animal, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα, opposed to φυτά, [Refs]; ζ. θαλάττιον, χερσαῖον, [Refs 1st c.BC+].; contemptuously, ὅπως ἡ χώρα τοῦ τοιούτου ζῴου καθαρὰ γίγνηται may be free from this kind of animal (i.e. beggars), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζ. πονηρόν, of women, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. in art, figure, image, not necessarily of animals (compare ζῴδιον), ζῷον δέ οἱ ἐνῆν, ἀνὴρ ἱππεύς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: mostly in plural, ζῷα ἐς τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἐγγράφειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα γράψασθαι τὴν ζεῦξιν τοῦ Βοσπόρου to have pictures of the bridging of the Bosporus painted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ζωγραφέω: ζῷα ποιεῖν [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ζῷον

zoon

neuter of a derivative of 2198; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.

see GREEK for 2198

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ζῷον, ου, τό

n.n.

an animal

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ζῷον zōon 23x

a living creature, animal, Heb. 13:11; 2 Pet. 2:12

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSN — Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

liv'-ing kre'-tur:

(1) (nephesh chayyah, or nephesh hachayyah (nephesh, "breath" or "living things"; chayyah, "living"; compare Arabic nefs, "breath," chaiy, "living")): In the account of the creation this term is used of aquatic animals (Ge 1:21), of mammals (Ge 1:24) and of any animals whatsoever (Ge 2:19).

(2) ([chayyoth], plural of chayyah): The name of the "living creatures" of Eze 1:5-25, which had wings and the faces of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle; compare Eze 10:1-22.

(3) (zoon, "living thing," "animal"): The four "living creatures" (the King James Version "beasts") of

Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 13 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 42c. AD 40

ἐν δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ θεὸς ἅπασαν τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ὕλην ἐκ γῆς ἀνεδίδου τελείαν καρποὺς ἔχουσαν οὐκ ἀτελεῖς ἀλλ’ ἀκμάζοντας, εἰς ἑτοιμοτάτην καὶ ἀνυπέρθετον χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ζῴων τῶν αὐτίκα γενησομένων.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.32c. AD 75–95

πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ζῷά τε κατʼ αὐτὴν νηκτὰ καὶ μετάρσια τὰ μὲν κατὰ βάθους τὰ δὲ διʼ ἀέρος ἀνῆκε συνδησάμενος αὐτὰ κοινωνίᾳ καὶ μίξει γονῆς ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ συναύξεσθαι καὶ πλεονάζειν αὐτῶν τὴν φύσιν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 10.7c. AD 100

ὅτι τὸ ζῷον τοῦτο παρ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσει τὴν φύσιν καὶ ποτὲ μὲν ἄρρεν, ποτὲ δὲ θῆλυ γίνεται.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 5th c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. BC 3rd c. AD
P.Lond. 2 p. 172-173 no. 198Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 175–AD 176

κυρίου ἐπὶ … κατῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἐνθάδε ἐπαγομένη … ἀφήλικος ὄντος πάντα τὰ καταλειφθέντα … ζῷα ἐν οἷς καὶ ἀνδράποδα καὶ χρυσοῦς κόσμος … ἀργυρώνητος καὶ ἐνδομενίαν οὐχ ὀλίγην

P.Oxy. 34 2704OxyrhynchosAD 292

παρεσχηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ αὐτοὺς ποιμένας αὐτοῖς λυμαίνεσθαι· διόπερ διαγορεύω φυλάξασθαι τοῖς καρποῖς ἐπαφεῖναι τὰ ζῷα· κατὰ τοῦ ἀπειθοῦντος ταῦτα ἐνεῖναι δίκην ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ὥστε αὐτῶν τῶν ζῴων ἀποστερηθῆναι καὶ

κοινῶς διδόαμεν. ὅταν δὲ ἔλθω σὺν θεῷ εἰς Ὄασιν, διδόαμεν τὸ κεφάλαιον καὶ τὰ ζῷα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνπορίας καὶ τὸ πρόλοιπον διαμερίσομεν ἀλλήλων• ἐὰν δέ, τὸ μή γένοιτο, ζημιωθῶ

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τὸho <the> G3588 Article · nominative · singular · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Revelation as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-NSN — Article · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
<the>19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
πρῶτονprōtos first G4413 Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
98× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for first or foremost, used in Luke 14:18 and 1 Corinthians 14:30. It can refer to the first in a sequence, like the first day of the week, or the most important thing, like the first commandment.
Amplified meaning
primarily, in the beginning
Tyndale gloss
first
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

πρῶτος (protos) is an adjective meaning 'first' in terms of time, order, or importance. It appears in various contexts in the New Testament, often denoting rank or precedence, such as in Matthew 20:27 and Luke 14:18. The word can also function adverbially, as seen in John 1:42. Notably, it is sometimes used interchangeably with the comparative form πρότερος.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον,

[in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc.;]

first,

of Time or Place;

absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Lk 14:18, Jo 19:32, I Co 14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Re 1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opp. to τ. δεύτερον, He 10:9; τὰ π., opp. to τ. ἔσχατα, Mt 12:45, Lk 11:26, II Pe 2:20; anarth., Mt 10:2; pl., Mt 19:30,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πρῶτος, -7, -ov, (super. of πρό, contr. fr. πρόατος, whence the Doric πρᾶτος ; the compar. πρότερος see in its place), [fr. Hom. down], Sept. for }}W8 and often for ἽΝ and wer, first; 1. either in time or place, in any succession of things or of persons; a. absolutely (i. e. without a noun) and substantively ; a. with the article: ὁ πρῶτος καὶ 6 ἔσχατος, i. 6. the eternal One, Rev. i. 17; ii. 8; xxii. 13; ὁ πρῶτος, sc. τῶν κεκλημένων, Lk. xiv. 18; the first of two (cf. W. § 35, 4 Ν. 1: [B. 32 (28}7), Jn. xix. 32; 1 Co. xiv. 30; plur. opp. to οἱ ἔσχαtot, Mt. xx. 16, on which see ἔσχατος. 3 ἃ. Neut. τὸ πρῶτον, opp. to τὸ δεύτερον, Heb. x. 9; τὰ πρῶτα, opp. to τὰ ἔσχατα, one’s first state, Mt. xii. 45; Lk. xi. 26; 2 Pet. ii. 20; the first order of things, Rey. xxi. 4. B. without the article: Mt. x. 2 (πρῶτος, sc. of the apostles to be mentioned); plur., Mt. xix. 80; Mk. x. 31; Lk. xiii.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πρῶτος. In the LXX regularly (Thackeray Gr. i. p. 183) and in the Kow7y frequently, especially in the Ptolemaic period, πρῶτος stands for πρότερος, so reversing the usual Hellenistic rule that the comparative does duty for both degrees of comparison. For an ex. almost contemporary with the NT we may cite P Oxy II. 2979 (A.D. 54), where a man asks for information for a supplementary return of lambs born since the first or former return for the year had been made— παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ἀπογραφήν. No stress can, therefore, be laid on the use of πρῶτος in Ac 1, as if Luke meant to write a third treatise (cf. Ramsay Paz/, p. 28). To illustrate Jn 125, 1518, we may quote P Leid W*# 49 τερον ἀντέστη αὐτῷ, λέγων᾽ σοῦ πρῶτός εἶμι, “‘ prior sum quam tu.” Abbott (ολ. Gr. p. 510f.) suggests that the Leiden papyrus may have been dependent on Jn 1, and translates the latter passage ‘‘my Chief” (76. p. 11…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πρῶτος (prōtos) — first.

πρῶτος, η, ον,

see at {πρότερος} [Refs 5th c.BC+]

πρῶτος (prōtos) — first: previous.

πρῶτος, η, ον,

see at {πρότερος} [Refs 5th c.BC+]

πρῶτος (prōtos) — first: chief.

πρῶτος, η, ον,

see at {πρότερος} [Refs 5th c.BC+]

πρῶτος (prōtos) — first: best.

πρῶτος, η, ον,

see at {πρότερος} [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πρῶτος

protos

contracted superlative of 4253; foremost (in time, place, order or

importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all),

former.

see GREEK for 4253

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πρῶτος, η, ον

Adj

first, before

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πρῶτος prōtos 95x

first in time, order, etc., Mt. 10:2; 26:17; first in dignity, importance, etc., chief, principal, most important, Mk. 6:21; Lk. 19:47; Acts 13:50; 16:12; as an equivalent to the compar. πρότερος (G4754), prior, Jn. 1:5, 30; 15:18; Mt. 27:64; adverbially, first, Jn. 1:42; 5:4; 8:7

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NSN-S — Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NSN-S Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter Degree: Superlative

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

furst ('echadh, ri'shon; proton, to proton, protos):

Of these words, which are those most frequently used for "first," ri'shon is from rosh, "the head, and is used for the highest, chief, etc.; also of time, the beginning, e.g. Ge 8:13, in the first month"; in Isa 44:6; 48:12, it is used of Yahweh as Eternal and solely Supreme--the First and the Last (compare Isa 41:4). Special usages are in connection with "firstborn," "first- fruit," etc.; proton is used of that which is first in order; but also of that which is first or chief in importance, etc. (Mt 6:33; Jas 3:17). In

Across the New Testament15 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 121 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas The Epistle of Barnabas Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 13c. AD 40

τῶν τε γὰρ ἀπὸ μονάδος πρῶτος τέλειός ἐστιν ἰσούμενος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσι καὶ συμπληρούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἡμίσους μὲν τριάδος, τρίτου δὲ δυάδος, ἕκτου δὲ μονάδος, καὶ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἄρρην τε καὶ θῆλυς εἶναι πέφυκε κἀκ τῆς ἑκατέρου δυνάμεως ἥρμοσται·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.19c. AD 75–95

ἰστέον οὖν, ὅτι πάντων ἐκεῖνος ἀναγκαιότατον ἡγήσατο τῷ καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ μέλλοντι βίον οἰκονομήσειν καλῶς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις νομοθετεῖν θεοῦ πρῶτον φύσιν κατανοῆσαι καὶ τῶν ἔργων τῶν ἐκείνου θεατὴν τῷ νῷ γενόμενον οὕτως παράδειγμα τὸ πάντων ἄριστον…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 6.13c. AD 100

λέγει δὲ κύριος: Ἰδού, ποιῶ τὰ ἔσχατα ὡς τὰ πρῶτα.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 7th c. AD
P.Cair. Zen. 3 59346Philadelphia? (Arsinoites)247 BC

Ἐφάρμοστος δέλφακας β οὓς Ἰναρῶς ἀπήγαγεν αὐτῶι εἰς Φιλάδελφον καὶ τούτων α ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης λογείας καὶ ἄλλος τῆς ἐσχάτης … δέλφακες β οὓς ἀπήνεγκε παρʼ Ἰμούθου εἰς Φιλάδελφον

P.Grenf. 1 32Pelusion103 BC

καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ πρώτου λεπτοῦ χ … καὶ … σοῦχος ἡγεμὼν καὶ … υχος οὐραγὸς καὶ Πανεχῶτις

P.Amh. 2 112Soknopaiu Nesos (Arsinoites)AD 128

Νήσῳ τῆς Ἡρακλείδου μερίδος τοῦ Ἀρσινοείτου νομοῦ. ὁμολογεῖ Πακῦσις Στοτοήτεως πρεσβυτέρου τοῦ Πανεφρίμεως ἱερεὺς πρώτης φυλῆς Σοκνοπαίου θεοῦ μεγάλου μεγάλου ὡς ἐτῶν μα οὐλὴ βραχίωνι ἀριστερῶι τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ὁμοπατρίωι

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ὅμοιονhomoios [was] like G3664 Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
45× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means similar in appearance or character, like something or someone else. It is used in John 9:9 and Revelation 1:13 to describe someone or something that resembles another. It can also describe a similarity in nature or condition.
Amplified meaning
similar in appearance or character
Tyndale gloss
like
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὅμοιος (transliterated as *homoios*) means 'like' or 'similar.' It is used in various contexts, including comparisons of appearance, nature, and behavior. In the New Testament, it appears frequently, often describing things that are alike or of the same kind. The lexicons do not present significant disagreements about its meaning or usage.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὅμοιος, -οία, -οιον,

[in LXX for כָּמוֹ, etc.;]

like, resembling, such as, the same as: c. dat., of form or appearance, Jo 9:9, Re 1:13 (WH, mg., R, but v. infr.) Re 1:15 2:18 4:6, 7 9:7, 10 (Bl., § 37, 62)

Re 9:19 11:1 13:2, 11; ὁράσει, Re 4:3; of nature, condition, ability, etc., Mt 22:39, Ac 17:29, Ga 5:21, I Jo 3:2, Re 13:4 18:18 21:11, 18; of comparison in parables, Mt 13:31 ff. 20:1…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὅμοιος (on the accent cf. [Chandler 88 384, 385]; W. 52 (51); Bttm. Ausf. Spr. § 11 Anm. 9), -ofa, -ovov, also of two term. (once in the N. T., Rev. iv.3 R*GLT Tr WH; ef. W.§ 11,1; [B. 26 (23)]), (fr. duds [akin to ἅμα (q. v.), Lat. similis, Eng. same, ete.]), [fr. Hom. down], like, similar, resembling: a. like i.e. resembling: τινί, in form or look, Jn. ix. 9; Rev. i. 13, 15; ii. 18; iv. 6 sq.; ix. 7, 10 [but here Tr txt. WH mrg. ὁμοίοις], 19; xi. 1; xiii. 2,11; xiv. 14 [but here T WH w. the accus. (for dat.)]; xvi. 13 Rec.; ὁράσει, in appearance, Rey. iv. 3; in nature, Acts xvii. 29; Gal. v.21; Rev. xxi.11, 18; in nature and condition, 1 Jn. iii. 2; in mode of thinking, feeling, acting, Mt. xi. 16; xiii. 52; Lk. vi. 47-49; vii. 31sq.; xii. 36, and L WH Tr txt. (see below) in Jn. viii. 55; i.q.may be compared to a thing, so in parables: Mt. xiii. 31, 33, 4454. 47; xx. 1; Lk. xiii. 18…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὅμοιος. For ὅμοιος as denoting the same rank or station cf. P Oxy I. 124? (iii/A.D.) “A8Spactos .. . γήμας ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων ἔσχεν θυγατέρας δύο, “ Adrastus married one of his own rank and had two daughters” (Edd.), and the apophthegm in PSI J. 120%8 (iv/a.pD.?) γάμει ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων" οἱ μὲν yap ἐκ τῶν κρεισσόνων γαμοῦντες δεσπότας κοὐκ οἰκείους κτῶνται. In P Ryl II. 1057° (a.p. 136) ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν opolw(v) = ‘‘as in similar cases.” The adj. is used with ἴσος in Sy// 162 (= 5312)37 (end iv/B.c.) ἐπ’ ἴσηι καὶ ὁμοίηι, ‘upon equal and similar terms,” and for a weakened sense see P Tebt IT. 30018 (a.p. 151) διὼ ἐπιδίδομι ὥπως περιερεθῇ (7. διὸ ἐπιδίδωμι ὅπως περιαιρεθῇ) [τ]οῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ταγῆναι ἐν τῇ τῶν ὁμο[ίων)] τάξι, ‘‘wherefore I present this notice, that this name may be struck off and may be inscribed in the list of such persons” (viz. the dead). On the flexion of the adj. see Moulton Gr. ii.…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὅμοιος (homoios) — like.

ὅμοιος

or (as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] ὁμοῖος, α, ον (compare ἐρῆμος, ἑτοῖμος): later Epic dialect also ὁμοίιος (B, which see); Aeolic dialect ὔμοιος [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (adverb -ως[Refs 4th c.AD+] ὑμοῖος [Refs 4th c.BC+]: (ὁμός):—like, resembling, ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁ. ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁ. 'birds of a feather flock together', [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ὁ. as in similar cases (of persons), [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc.: comparative -ότερος more like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative -ότατος most like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. the same, ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; hence (i.e. ἑαυτῷ), always the same, unchanging, αἰεὶ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὁμοῖοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]the same as ever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἓν καὶ ὅ. one and the same…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὅμοιος

homoios

from the base of 3674; similar (in appearance or character):--like, +

manner.

see GREEK for 3674

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὅμοιος, οία, οιον

Adj

like, similar to

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὅμοιος homoios 45x

like, similar, resembling, Mt. 11:16; 13:31, 33, 44, 45, 47, 52; Jn. 8:55, et al. freq.; like, of similar drift and force, Mt. 22:39

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὅμοιος ὅμοιος, ορ ionic and old attic ὁμοῖος, η, ον like, resembling, Lat. similis, Hom., etc.; proverb., τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον "birds of a feather flock together, " Od.; so, ὁ ὅμοιος τῷ ὁμοίῳ Plat.:—comp. ὁμοιότερος more like, id. Plat.; Sup. -ότατος most like, Hdt., Soph., etc.

= ὁ αὐτός, the same, Hom.; ἓν καὶ ὅμ. one and the same, Plat.; ὁμοῖον ἡμῖν ἔσται it will be all one to us, Lat. perinde erit, Hdt.; σὺ δ᾽ αἰνεῖν εἴτε με ψέγειν θέλεις, ὁμοῖον Aesch.

shared alike by both, common, ὁμ. πόλεμος war in which each takes part, Hom.; γῆρας, θάνατος, μοῖρα common to all, id. Hom.

equal in force, a match for one, Lat. par, Il., Hdt.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NSN — Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
98%like
like98% · 45×like?2% · 1×

46 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
predicate91%object4%second object2%subject2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 45 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
πούςthe footλαλέωI speak, sayοὐράa tail
εἰμίI am, exist
τίςIrgαὐτόςθεῖοςdivine
τίςIrg
λέγωI say, speakοὖνtherefore, then
πάλινagain, further, on t
Article the
καίand, even, also,πόλιςa city
ὅμοιος[was] like45×
what comes after →
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theἄνθρωποςa man, one of thπαιδίονa little child,
αὐτός
εἰμίI am, existἀγαπάωI love
υἱόςa son, descendent
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
χαλκολίβανονorichalcum, or frank
ὡςas, like as, how
ὅρασιςa sight, vision, app
λίθοςa stoneσμαράγδινοςmade of emerald

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὅμοιος · 45× in the New Testament
Revelation Luke Matthew John 1 John Acts Galatians Jude
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 31 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 100c. AD 40

„Ἔστι γάρ, φησίν, ἡγεμὼν καὶ ἄρχων ἁπάντων θεὸς εἷς ἀεὶ ὤν, μόνιμος, ἀκίνητος, αὐτὸς αὑτῷ ὅμοιος, ἕτερος τῶν ἄλλων.“

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.73c. AD 75–95

ὅμοια τοῖς ὑπὸ γιγάντων τετολμῆσθαι λεγομένοις ὑφʼ Ἑλλήνων καὶ οὗτοι δράσαι παραδίδονται.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 10.3c. AD 100

τὸ οὖν χοιρίον πρὸς τοῦτο εἶπεν: οὐ κολληθήσῃ φησίν, ἀνθρώποις τοιούτοις, οἵτινές εἰσιν ὅμοιοι χοίρων: τουτέστιν ὅταν σπαταλῶσιν, ἐπιλανθάνονται τοῦ κυρίου, ὅταν δὲ ὑστεροῦνται, ἐπιγινώσκουσιν τὸν κύριον, ὡς καὶ ὁ χοῖρος ὅταν τρώγει τὸν κύριον οὐκ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 1st c. AD 2nd c. BC 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD
PSI 10 1149Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 14

ἐντὸς περιβόλου τῶν ἱερῶν καθὼς ἔτι ἄνωθεν ἐποιοῦσαν, τοῦ τε ἱερατικοῦ νόμου Σεμνουθι τὸ ὅμοιον τοῖς κρίμασι τῶν ἡγεμόνων περιέχοντος· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑπηρεσιῶν, κεκρικότων τῶν ἡγεμονευσάντων

ἐπὶ τῶν μισσικίων, περὶ τῆς πολιτείας· … εἶπον ὑμῖν καὶ πρότερον ὅτι οὔκ ἐστιν ὁμοία οὐδὲ ἡ αὐτὴ … ὑμῶν ὑπόθεσις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑμῶν εἶσιν ἐκ λεγιώνω οὐετρανοί

P.Bour. 13MemphisAD 98

ν ὑπὲρ δαπάνημα· τὸ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα περιεσόμενον καθαρὸν ἐπιγένημα ἔσται εἰς ἴσα καὶ ὅμοια μέρη δύο καὶ λήμψεται ἕκαστος αὐτῶν μέρος ἓν καὶ … ν … ει

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
λέοντι,leōn as a lion, G3023 Noun · dative · singular · masculine
9× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A lion is a wild animal. It is used in Hebrews 11:33 and 1 Peter 5:8 to describe a powerful enemy, and in Revelation 4:7 to describe a symbol of Jesus.
Amplified meaning
a wild and powerful animal
Tyndale gloss
lion
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word λέων (i.e., *leōn*) means 'lion' and is used in various contexts, both literal and metaphorical. It appears in the New Testament to describe actual lions and as a metaphor for adversaries or heroes, notably in 2 Timothy 4:17 and Revelation 5:5. The term has a rich history in literature and can also refer to bravery or savagery in different contexts.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

λέων, -οντος, ὁ,

[in LXX chiefly for אֲרִי, אַרְיֵה, also for כְּפִיר, etc.;]

a lion: He 11:33, I Pe 5:8, Re 4:7 9:8, 17 10:3 13:2; metaph., II Ti 4:17, Re 5:5.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

λέων, -ovros, 6, [fr. Hom. down], Sept. for 8, 778, 53 (a young lion), ete.; alion; a. prop.: Heb. xi. $3; 1 Pet. v.8; Rev. iv. 7; ix. 8,17; χ. 8; xiii. 2. b. metaph. ἐρρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος, I was rescued out of the most imminent peril of death, 2 Tim. iv. 17 (the fiz. does not lie in the word lion alone, but in the whole phrase) ; equiv. to a brave and mighty hero: Rev. v. 5, where there is allusion to Gen. xlix. 9; cf. Nah. ii. 13.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

λέων. With the figurative use in 2 Tim 47 we may compare the early i/A.D. acrostic P Tebt II. 278%, where with reference to a lost garment it is stated—Aégwy ὁ ἄρας, μωρὸς ἀπολέσας, ‘a lion he was who took it, a fool who lost it’’ (Edd.). Cf. also the Silco inscr. OGZS 201! (vi/A.D.) ἐγὼ yap εἰς κάτω μέρη λέων εἰμί, Kal εἰς ἄνω μέρη ἄρξ εἰμι : for the conjunction of animals Dittenberger compares 1 Kings 174, Amos 51°. The word is found in the horoscope BGU III. 9574 (B.c. 10) ἐν λέοντι, and in the moral tale P Grenf II. 847 (v/vi A.D.), where a patricide, fleeing into the desert, is pursued ὑπὸ λέωντος. MGr λιοντάρι has assumed the diminutive form ; cf. φίδι, ‘‘snake.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

λέων (leōn) — lion.

λέων, οντος, ὁ,

Epic dialect dative plural λείουσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—lion, ὠμοφάγοι λ. Il.[same place]; αἴθων 18.161; χαροποί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare λίς: metaphorically, of Artemis, σὲ λέοντα γυναιξὶ Ζεὺς θῆκεν Zeus made thee a lion toward women (because she was supposed to cause their sudden death), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; used of savage persons, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but also, of brave men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a baby, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. “Leo”, the sign in the Zodiac, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

3. ={λεοντῆ}, lion's skin, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

4. as an ornament, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. a kind of crab, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

III. a kind of serpent, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]

IV. ={λεοντίασις}, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

V. a kind of dance, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

λέων

leon

a primary word; a "lion":--lion.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

λέων, οντος, ὁ

n.m.

a lion

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

λέων leōn 9x

a lion, Heb. 11:33; 1 Pet. 5:8; Rev. 4:7; 9:8, 17; 10:3; 13:2; met. a lion, cruel adversary, tyrant, 2 Tim. 4:17; a lion, a hero, deliverer, Rev. 5:5*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

λέων λέων, οντος, ὁ, Lat. leo, a lion, Hom.; of Artemis, Ζεύς σε λέοντα γυναιξὶ θῆκε Zeus made thee a lion toward women, because she was supposed to cause their sudden death, Il.; οἴκοι λέοντες, ἐν μάχῃ δ᾽ ἀλώπεκες Ar.

= λεοντῆ, a lion's skin, Luc.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-DSM — Noun · dative · singular · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-DSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

li'-un:

(1) Occurring most often in the Old Testament is 'aryeh, plural 'ardyoth. Another form, 'ari, plural 'arayim, is found less often.

1. Names:

Compare 'ari'el, "Ariel" (Ezr 8:16; Isa 29:1,2,7); char'el, "upper altar," and 'ari'el, "altar hearth" (Eze 43:15); 'aryeh, "Arieh" (2Ki 15:25); 'ar'eli, "Areli" and "Arelites" (Ge 46:16; Nu 26:17).

(2) kephir, "young lion," often translated "lion" (Ps 35:17; Pr 19:12; 23:1, etc.).

Smith's Bible Dictionary

"The most powerful, daring and impressive of all carnivorous animals, the most magnificent in aspect and awful in voice." At present lions do not exist in Palestine; but they must in ancient times have been numerous. The lion of Palestine was in all probability the Asiatic variety, described by Aristotle and Pliny as distinguished by its short and curly mane, and by being shorter and rounder in shape, like the sculptured lion found at Arban. It was less daring than the longer named species, but when driven by hunger it not only ventured to attack the flocks in the desert in presence of the shepherd, (1 Samuel 17:34; Isaiah 31:4) but laid waste towns and villages, (2 Kings 17:25,26; Proverbs 22:13; 26:13) and devoured men.…

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

The well-known and noble king of beasts, frequently spoken of in Scripture. He often exceeds eight feet in length and four feet in height; and his majestic and dauntless aspect, his prodigious strength and agility, and his peculiar roar, make him the terror of the forests. Lions were common in Palestine, (See JORDAN,) and the Hebrews had seven different names for them, to distinguish the different ages, etc. Five of these occur together in Job 4:10,11. See also Na 2:11,12. The psalmist alludes to the stealthy creeping of the lion till he can spring upon his prey, when he says of the crafty wicked man, "He lieth in wait secretly as a lion in his den; .... he croucheth, and humbleth himself, that the poor may fall by his strong ones." The Bible reader will remember the exploits of…

Nave's Topical Bible

→ King of beasts Mic 5:8

→ Fierceness of Job 4:10; 28:8; Ps 7:2; Pr 22:13; Jer 2:15; 49:19; 50:44; Ho 13:8

→ The roaring of Ps 22:13; Pr 20:2

→ Strength of Pr 30:30; Isa 38:13; Joe 1:6

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
33%lions
lions33% · 3×lion33% · 3×the lion11% · 1×as a lion11% · 1×a lion11% · 1×

9 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject33%predicate33%adverbial22%object11%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 9 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
στόμαthe mouth, speech
ἐκφράσσωI stop, close upὡςas, like as, how
ὡςas, like as, how, wh
διάβολοςslanderous, the αὐτός
ὅμοιοςlike, similar to
πρῶτοςfirst, before
Article the
νικάωI conquer, overc
κεφαλήthe head
ὡςas, like as, how
λέωνas a lion,
what comes after →
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theἐκδίδωμιI offer, give
ὠρύομαιI roar, howl
περιπατέωI walk, conduct
Article the
ἐκ
εἰμίI am, exist
μυκάομαιI bellow, roar
καίand, even, also,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceλέων · 9× in the New Testament
Revelation 1 Peter 2 Timothy Hebrews
Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 56 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn Husbandry 44c. AD 40

ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς οὗτος εὔχεται, μὴ ὡς ἀνεπιτρόπευτον ποίμνην τὸν ὄχλον καὶ λεὼν ἅπαντα τῆς ψυχῆς ἀφεθῆναι, τυχεῖν δὲ ἀγαθοῦ ποιμένος ἐξάγοντος μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀφροσύνης καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ πάσης κακίας δικτύων, εἰσάγοντος δὲ εἰς τὰ παιδείας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 5.287c. AD 75–95

συνεχῶς δʼ ἀπερχόμενος πρὸς τοὺς γονεῖς αὐτῆς συντυγχάνει λέοντι καὶ γυμνὸς ὢν ἐκδεξάμενος αὐτὸν ἄγχει ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ εἰς τὸ χωρίον τὸ ὑλῶδες ἐνδοτέρω τῆς ὁδοῦ ῥίπτει τὸ θηρίον.

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 35.11c. AD 96

μήποτε ἁρπάσῃ ὡς λέων, καὶ μὴ ᾖ ὁ ῥυόμενος.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 5th c. AD 2nd c. BC 4th c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Fouad 1 40Tebtynis? (Arsinoites)AD 35

Περιτίου ιδ, Χοίακ ιδ, ἐν Εἱμέραι κώμηι τῆς Πολέμωνος μερίδος τοῦ Ἀρσινοίτου νομοῦ· Ἐμίσθωσεν Λέων Πετεήσιος, Πέρσης τῆς ἐπιγονῆς ὡς ἐτῶν … οὐλὴ μετώπῳ ἐκ δεξιῶν τῶι δεῖνα

O.Claud. 4 775Mons ClaudianusAD 98–AD 117

Διονύσῳ … Ῥώμῃ δ … Ἐπικώμῳ εε Εὐτύχῃ β Μέσῃ ε Φιλοσεράπιδι α Λέοντι δδ Αὐγούστῃ γ Ἥρᾳ α Φιλάμμ … κρηπῖδι α στομωτηρίῳ δααδ

O.Claud. 4 776Mons ClaudianusAD 98–AD 117

Ῥώμῃ δδαγαααβ αα Ἐπικώμῳ εϛβϛβαβ α Μέσῃ ααααβββ βαααααβαα αα Διονύσῳ δαγγβαβ α βαα Λέοντι δδγβ Φιλάμμωνι Φιλοσεράπιδι β … αββαγ ααα Ἥρᾳ α Αὐγούστῃ γα στομωτηρίω αααααδα ααα

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
καὶkai and G2532 Conjunction
8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.
Tyndale gloss
and
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%and
and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ἐνἐπίπρός
σύ
χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,
ἐγώ
πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god
εἰμίI am, exist
αὐτόςArticle theἐγώ
θεόςGod, a god
Article theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe
καίand8978×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςArticle theπρός
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
Article theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τὸho the G3588 Article · nominative · singular · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Revelation as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-NSN — Article · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
δεύτερονdeuteros second G1208 Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
44× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Secondly refers to something that happens after something else, as in John 3:4. It can also mean a second time or in second place.
Tyndale gloss
secondly
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

δεύτερος (deuteros) means 'second' in order, time, or rank. It can be used as an adjective or adverb, indicating a sequence or repetition, such as 'second time' or 'in the second place.' The New Testament uses it in various contexts, including Matthew 22:26 and Acts 7:13. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its meanings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

δεῦτερος, -α, -ον,

second in order, with or without idea of time: Mt 22:26, 39, al.; θάνατος, Re 2:11 20:14 21:8; χάρις, II Co 1:15. In neut. as adv., secondly, a second time; opp. to πρῶτον: Jo 3:4 21:16, I Co 12:28, Re 19:3; τὸ δ., II Co 13:2, Ju 5; ἐν τ. δ., at the second time: Ac 7:13; in later usage (as I Mac 9:1), ἐκ δ., Mk 14:72, Jo 9:24, Ac 11:9, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

δεύτερος, -έρα, -epov, [fr. Hom. down; Curtius § 277], second: Mt. xxii. 26; Mk. xii. 21; Lk. xii. 38; Jn. iv. 54; Rev. iv. 7, etc.; the second, the other of two: Mt. xxii. 39; Mk. xii. 31; 1 Co. xv. 47; Tit. iii. 10; 2 Pet. iii. 1; Heb. viii. 7; x. 9; δεύτερος θάνατος (see θάνατος, 3), Rev. ii, 11; xx. 14; xxi. 8; δευτέρα χάρις in 2 Co. i. 15 is not a double benefit, but a second, opp. to the former which the Corinthians would have had if Paul in passing through Achaia into Macedonia had visited them πρότεpov, [WH txt. Trmrg. read δευτ. χαράν, q. ν.]. The neuter δεύτερον is used adverbially in the second place, a second time [cf. W. § 37,5 Note 1]: Jn. iii. 4; Rev. xix. 3; πάλιν is added, as often in Grk. writ. (see ἄνωθεν, fin.): Jn. xxi. 16; also τὸ δεύτερον, 2 Co. xiii. 2; Jude 5; ἐκ δευτέρου (1 Mace. ix. 1), Mk. xiv. 72; Jn. ix. 24; Acts xi. 9; Heb. ix. 28; ef. W. § 51, 1d.; with…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

δεύτερος. For δεύτερον = “‘in the second place,” as in 1 Cor 12°, ef. P Tebt 1. 562° (late ii/B.c.) καλῶς οὖν ποήσῃς εὐχαριστῆσαι πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς θεοῖς δεύτερον δὲ σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς KTA., “please therefore in the first place to give thanks [?—see s. τ. εὐχαριστέω] to the gods and secondly to save many lives, etc.”’ (Edd.) In P Tebt 11. 2977® (c. A.D. 123) we find ἐγ δευτέρου = “ἃ second time,’’ as in Mk 147 αἱ OGZS 299%? (c. B.C. 170) τῆι δεύτερον ἡμέραι is defended by Kaibel αὐ. Dittenberger z ἤθε... appealing to TMAe 1. 155% tar δεύτερον apépar μετὰ τὰ ἱερά, and the analogy of τῷ ὕστερον ἔτει and ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα. In MGr δευτέρα is “ Monday”’ (ἡ δεύτερη = 2nd, fem. of δεύτερος and sharing its…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

δεύτερος (deuteros) — secondly.

δεύτερος, α, ον,

second, (perhaps from δύο with comparative termination):

I. next in Order (with a notion of Time), in [Refs 8th c.BC+] of one who comes in second in a race,[Refs]next, [Refs]; οὔ μ᾽ ἔτι δ. ὧδε ἵξετ᾽ ἄχος no second grief, i.e. none hereafter like this, [Refs]; as comparative, with genitive, ἐμεῖο δεύτεροι after my time, [Refs]; σοὶ δ᾽ οὐκέτι δ. ἔσται no second choice will be allowed thee, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect and Trag. with Article, ὁ δ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἱ δ. πως φροντίδες σοφώτεραι second thoughts are wisest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the next best way, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

I.2. of Time, next, later, δ. χρόνῳ in after time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. ἡμέρῃ on the next day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. ἔτεϊ τούτων in the year after…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

δεύτερος

deuteros

as the compare of 1417; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank;

also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).

see GREEK for 1417

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

δεύτερος, α, ον

Adj & Adv.

second, in the second place, for the second time

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

δεύτερος deuteros 43x

second, Mt. 22:26; τὸ δεύτερον, again, the second time, another time, Jude 5; so ἐκ δευτέρου, Mt. 26:42; and ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ, Acts 7:13

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

δεύτερος second, being comp. of δύο:

in point of Order, of one who comes in second in a race, Il.: in attic with Art., ὁ δεύτερος Soph., etc.; αἱ δεύτεραι φροντίδες second thoughts, Eur.; proverb., τὸν δ. πλοῦν to try the next best way, Plat.

of Time, δευτέρηι ἡμέρηι on the next day, Hdt.: c. gen., ἐμεῖο δεύτερος after my time, Il.; δευτέρωι ἔτεϊ τούτων in the year after this, Hdt.: in neut. as adv., δεύτερον αὖ, δεύτερον αὖτις secondly, next, afterwards, a second time, Hom., attic; in Prose also δεύτερα:— with Art., τὸ δεύτερον Hdt., Aesch., etc.; τὰ δεύτερα Thuc.; ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, NTest.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NSN — Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
67%second
second67% · 31×second time24% · 11×secondly4% · 2×a second2% · 1×afterward2% · 1×

46 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial46%subject36%object11%predicate7%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 44 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,δέbut, on the otheθάνατοςdeath
ἐκ
πάλινagain, further, εὐθέωςimmediately, sooἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
καίand, even, also, nam
φυλακήa watching, guarεἷςone
πάλινagain, further, on t
δέbut, on the otheαὐτός
αὐτός
μήτηρa mother
δεύτεροςsecond44×
what comes after →
λέγωI say, speak
ὡσαύτωςlikewiseArticle the
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theἄπειμι (I)I am absent
ἀπέρχομαιI come or go away fr
προσεύχομαιI pray, pray forὁράωI see, look upon
ζῷονan animal
ὅμοιοςlike, similar toλέγωI say, speak
ὅμοιοςlike, similar to
αὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceδεύτερος · 44× in the New Testament
Revelation Acts Hebrews John Matthew Luke Mark 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians 2 Peter Jude Titus
Across the New Testament12 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 124 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas The Didache Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 37c. AD 40

ὀνομάζει δὲ καὶ ἡμέραν μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν αὐτοῦ δευτέραν, ὅλον ἡμέρας διάστημα καὶ μέτρον ἀνατιθεὶς οὐρανῷ διὰ τὴν ἐν αἰσθητοῖς ἀξίωσίν τε καὶ τιμήν.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.10c. AD 75–95

Εὗρον τοίνυν, ὅτι Πτολεμαίων μὲν ὁ δεύτερος μάλιστα δὴ βασιλεὺς περὶ παιδείαν καὶ βιβλίων συναγωγὴν σπουδάσας ἐξαιρέτως ἐφιλοτιμήθη τὸν ἡμέτερον νόμον καὶ τὴν κατʼ αὐτὸν διάταξιν τῆς πολιτείας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν μεταβαλεῖν,

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 13.5c. AD 100

Καὶ ἐποίησεν Ἰακὼβ ἐναλλὰξ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἐφραίμ, τοῦ δευτέρου καὶ νεωτέρου, καὶ εὐλόγησεν αὐτόν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. AD 7th c. AD
ZPE 14 (1974), p. 146-151Ptolemais Euergetis (Arsinoites)11 BC

ν αἰγων β ἔτους ἑνὸς καὶ εἰκοστοῦ τῆς Καίσαρος κρατήσεως Θεοῦ υἱοῦ Σεβαστοῦ Δείου δευτέρᾳ καὶ εἰκάδι Θὼθ δευτέρᾳ καὶ εἰκάδι ἐν Πτολεμαίδι Εὐεργέτιδι τοῦ Ἀρσινοίτου νομοῦ. ἐμίσθωσεν Γάιος

P.Amh. 2 113Soknopaiu Nesos (Arsinoites)AD 157

κη οὐλὴ μετώπῳ μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ ἀνδρὸς Στοτοήτεως Πακύσεως ὡς ἐτῶν λε οὐλὴ δακτύλῳ δευτέρῳ χειρὸς ἀριστερᾶς, ἀπέχειν παρʼ αὐτῆς τὸν ὁμολογοῦντα παραχρῆμα διὰ χειρὸς ἀπὸ ἀργυρίου δραχμῶν τριακοσίων

P.Amh. 2 90ArsinoitesAD 159

ἐκφορίου τοῦ παντὸς ἀσπερμεὶ τῷ μὲν πρώτῳ ἔτει πυροῦ ἀρταβῶν τριάκοντα δύο τῷ δὲ δευτέρῳ ἔτει ὁμοίως πυροῦ ἀρταβῶν τεσσαράκοντα καὶ θαλλοῦ κατʼ ἔτος ὁμοίως πυροῦ ἀρτάβης μιᾶς πάντων

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ζῷονzōon living creature G2226 Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
23× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A living thing, like an animal, is what this word describes. In Revelation 4-6, it talks about strange creatures that are alive. In 2 Peter 2:12, it describes people who act like animals.
Tyndale gloss
living thing
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ζῷον (zōon) refers to a living creature or animal, derived from the root meaning 'alive.' It appears frequently in the New Testament, notably in Hebrews 13:11 and Revelation. The term encompasses all living beings, contrasting with θηρίον (therion), which emphasizes a more brutal or bestial aspect. The lexicons indicate that while both terms can sometimes be used interchangeably, ζῷον is broader and more inclusive.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ζῶον, θηρίον from a scan

In passages out of number one of these words might be employed quite as fitly as the other, even as there are many in which they are used interchangeably, as by Plutarch, De Cap. ex Inim. Util. ἃ. This does not however prove that there is no distinction between them, if other passages occur, however few, where one is fit and the other not; or where, though neither would be unfit, one would possess a greater fitness than the other. The distinction, latent in other cases, because there is nothing to evoke it, reveals itself in these. The difference between ζῶον (by Lachmann always more correctly accented ζῷον) and θηρίον is not that between two coordinate terms ; but one, the second, is wholly subordinate to the first, a less included in a greater. All creatures that live on earth, including man himself, λογικὸν καὶ πολιτικὸν ζῶον, as Plutarch (De Am. Prol. 8) so grandly describes him…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ζῷον (Rec. ζῶον, v. LS, s.v.), -ου, τό

(< ζωός, alive),

[in LXX for חַיָּה (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;]

a living creature, an animal: Re 4:6-9 5:6 ff. Re 6:1 ff. Re 7:11 14:3 15:7 19:4; ζῴων τ. αἷμα, He 13:11; ἄλογα ζ., II Pe 2:12, Ju 10.†

SYN.: θηρίον, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, ζ. is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., lxxxi; Cremer, 274).

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ζῶον [or ζῷον (so L WH uniformly, Treg. in Heb. and Rey.; see Etym. Magn. 413, 24, and reff. s. v. I, ) ], του, τό, (ζωός alive) ; 1. a living being. 2. an animal, brute, beast: Heb. xiii. 11; 2 Pet. ii. 12; Jude 10; Rev. iv. 6-9 [on vs. 8 ef. Β. 130 (114)], ete. [Syn.: ζῶον differs from θηρίον (at least ety mologically; but cf. Schmidt as below) in giving prominence to the vital element, while θηρίον emphasizes the bestial element. Hence in Rey. as above ¢ is fitly rendered living creature in contradistinction to the θηρίον beast, cf. xi. 7; xiii. 1, ete. See Trench § lxxxi.; Schmidt ii. ch. 70.] two-roréw, -@; fut. ζωοποιήσω; 1 aor. inf. ζωοποιῆσαι; Pass., pres. ζωοποιοῦμαι; 1 fut. ζωοποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. ptep. ζωοποιηθείς ; (ζωοποιός making alive) ; 1. to produce alive, beget or bear living young, (Aristot., Theophr.). 2. to cause to live, make alive, give life: τὰ πάντα, of God, 1…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ζῷον. With the use of ζῷον (for form, see Blass-Debrunner ὃ 26) in Rev to denote ‘‘a /iwzng creature,” the symbol of the Divine immanence in Nature, as distinguished from θηρίον, “*a brute beast,” we may compare the frequent reff. to ἱερὰ {Ga in the papyri, e.g. Ρ Tebt I. 578 (B.c. 118), where it is laid down that the expenses of the burial of Apis and Mnevis and τῶν ἄλλων ἱερῶν ζῴν (/. ζῴων) shall be defrayed by the Crown, and 26. 5.713 (B.c. 114), where reference is made to furnishing τὰς τῶν ἱερῶν ζώιων σειταγωγίας, ‘the supplies of food for the sacred animals.’’ Cf. also P Oxy IX. 11884 (A.D. 13) ἐπὶ τῆ(ς) τῶν ἱερῶν ζῴων θήκης, and from the inscrr. OGZS 9051 (the Rosetta stone—B.c. 196) τῶι τε Απει καὶ τῶι Mvever πολλὰ ἐδωρήσατο καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱεροῖς ζώιοις τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτωι. In Aristeas 147 the reference is to “tame birds”—ta τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα Loa. MGr…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ζῷον (zōon) — living thing.

ζῷον, τό,

living being, animal, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα, opposed to φυτά, [Refs]; ζ. θαλάττιον, χερσαῖον, [Refs 1st c.BC+].; contemptuously, ὅπως ἡ χώρα τοῦ τοιούτου ζῴου καθαρὰ γίγνηται may be free from this kind of animal (i.e. beggars), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζ. πονηρόν, of women, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. in art, figure, image, not necessarily of animals (compare ζῴδιον), ζῷον δέ οἱ ἐνῆν, ἀνὴρ ἱππεύς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: mostly in plural, ζῷα ἐς τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἐγγράφειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα γράψασθαι τὴν ζεῦξιν τοῦ Βοσπόρου to have pictures of the bridging of the Bosporus painted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ζωγραφέω: ζῷα ποιεῖν [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ζῷον

zoon

neuter of a derivative of 2198; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.

see GREEK for 2198

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ζῷον, ου, τό

n.n.

an animal

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ζῷον zōon 23x

a living creature, animal, Heb. 13:11; 2 Pet. 2:12

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSN — Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

liv'-ing kre'-tur:

(1) (nephesh chayyah, or nephesh hachayyah (nephesh, "breath" or "living things"; chayyah, "living"; compare Arabic nefs, "breath," chaiy, "living")): In the account of the creation this term is used of aquatic animals (Ge 1:21), of mammals (Ge 1:24) and of any animals whatsoever (Ge 2:19).

(2) ([chayyoth], plural of chayyah): The name of the "living creatures" of Eze 1:5-25, which had wings and the faces of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle; compare Eze 10:1-22.

(3) (zoon, "living thing," "animal"): The four "living creatures" (the King James Version "beasts") of

Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 13 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 42c. AD 40

ἐν δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ θεὸς ἅπασαν τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ὕλην ἐκ γῆς ἀνεδίδου τελείαν καρποὺς ἔχουσαν οὐκ ἀτελεῖς ἀλλ’ ἀκμάζοντας, εἰς ἑτοιμοτάτην καὶ ἀνυπέρθετον χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ζῴων τῶν αὐτίκα γενησομένων.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.32c. AD 75–95

πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ζῷά τε κατʼ αὐτὴν νηκτὰ καὶ μετάρσια τὰ μὲν κατὰ βάθους τὰ δὲ διʼ ἀέρος ἀνῆκε συνδησάμενος αὐτὰ κοινωνίᾳ καὶ μίξει γονῆς ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ συναύξεσθαι καὶ πλεονάζειν αὐτῶν τὴν φύσιν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 10.7c. AD 100

ὅτι τὸ ζῷον τοῦτο παρ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσει τὴν φύσιν καὶ ποτὲ μὲν ἄρρεν, ποτὲ δὲ θῆλυ γίνεται.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 5th c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. BC 3rd c. AD
P.Lond. 2 p. 172-173 no. 198Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 175–AD 176

κυρίου ἐπὶ … κατῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἐνθάδε ἐπαγομένη … ἀφήλικος ὄντος πάντα τὰ καταλειφθέντα … ζῷα ἐν οἷς καὶ ἀνδράποδα καὶ χρυσοῦς κόσμος … ἀργυρώνητος καὶ ἐνδομενίαν οὐχ ὀλίγην

P.Oxy. 34 2704OxyrhynchosAD 292

παρεσχηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ αὐτοὺς ποιμένας αὐτοῖς λυμαίνεσθαι· διόπερ διαγορεύω φυλάξασθαι τοῖς καρποῖς ἐπαφεῖναι τὰ ζῷα· κατὰ τοῦ ἀπειθοῦντος ταῦτα ἐνεῖναι δίκην ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ὥστε αὐτῶν τῶν ζῴων ἀποστερηθῆναι καὶ

κοινῶς διδόαμεν. ὅταν δὲ ἔλθω σὺν θεῷ εἰς Ὄασιν, διδόαμεν τὸ κεφάλαιον καὶ τὰ ζῷα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνπορίας καὶ τὸ πρόλοιπον διαμερίσομεν ἀλλήλων• ἐὰν δέ, τὸ μή γένοιτο, ζημιωθῶ

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ὅμοιονhomoios like G3664 Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
45× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means similar in appearance or character, like something or someone else. It is used in John 9:9 and Revelation 1:13 to describe someone or something that resembles another. It can also describe a similarity in nature or condition.
Amplified meaning
resembling
Tyndale gloss
like
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὅμοιος (transliterated as *homoios*) means 'like' or 'similar.' It is used in various contexts, including comparisons of appearance, nature, and behavior. In the New Testament, it appears frequently, often describing things that are alike or of the same kind. The lexicons do not present significant disagreements about its meaning or usage.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὅμοιος, -οία, -οιον,

[in LXX for כָּמוֹ, etc.;]

like, resembling, such as, the same as: c. dat., of form or appearance, Jo 9:9, Re 1:13 (WH, mg., R, but v. infr.) Re 1:15 2:18 4:6, 7 9:7, 10 (Bl., § 37, 62)

Re 9:19 11:1 13:2, 11; ὁράσει, Re 4:3; of nature, condition, ability, etc., Mt 22:39, Ac 17:29, Ga 5:21, I Jo 3:2, Re 13:4 18:18 21:11, 18; of comparison in parables, Mt 13:31 ff. 20:1…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὅμοιος (on the accent cf. [Chandler 88 384, 385]; W. 52 (51); Bttm. Ausf. Spr. § 11 Anm. 9), -ofa, -ovov, also of two term. (once in the N. T., Rev. iv.3 R*GLT Tr WH; ef. W.§ 11,1; [B. 26 (23)]), (fr. duds [akin to ἅμα (q. v.), Lat. similis, Eng. same, ete.]), [fr. Hom. down], like, similar, resembling: a. like i.e. resembling: τινί, in form or look, Jn. ix. 9; Rev. i. 13, 15; ii. 18; iv. 6 sq.; ix. 7, 10 [but here Tr txt. WH mrg. ὁμοίοις], 19; xi. 1; xiii. 2,11; xiv. 14 [but here T WH w. the accus. (for dat.)]; xvi. 13 Rec.; ὁράσει, in appearance, Rey. iv. 3; in nature, Acts xvii. 29; Gal. v.21; Rev. xxi.11, 18; in nature and condition, 1 Jn. iii. 2; in mode of thinking, feeling, acting, Mt. xi. 16; xiii. 52; Lk. vi. 47-49; vii. 31sq.; xii. 36, and L WH Tr txt. (see below) in Jn. viii. 55; i.q.may be compared to a thing, so in parables: Mt. xiii. 31, 33, 4454. 47; xx. 1; Lk. xiii. 18…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὅμοιος. For ὅμοιος as denoting the same rank or station cf. P Oxy I. 124? (iii/A.D.) “A8Spactos .. . γήμας ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων ἔσχεν θυγατέρας δύο, “ Adrastus married one of his own rank and had two daughters” (Edd.), and the apophthegm in PSI J. 120%8 (iv/a.pD.?) γάμει ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων" οἱ μὲν yap ἐκ τῶν κρεισσόνων γαμοῦντες δεσπότας κοὐκ οἰκείους κτῶνται. In P Ryl II. 1057° (a.p. 136) ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν opolw(v) = ‘‘as in similar cases.” The adj. is used with ἴσος in Sy// 162 (= 5312)37 (end iv/B.c.) ἐπ’ ἴσηι καὶ ὁμοίηι, ‘upon equal and similar terms,” and for a weakened sense see P Tebt IT. 30018 (a.p. 151) διὼ ἐπιδίδομι ὥπως περιερεθῇ (7. διὸ ἐπιδίδωμι ὅπως περιαιρεθῇ) [τ]οῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ταγῆναι ἐν τῇ τῶν ὁμο[ίων)] τάξι, ‘‘wherefore I present this notice, that this name may be struck off and may be inscribed in the list of such persons” (viz. the dead). On the flexion of the adj. see Moulton Gr. ii.…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὅμοιος (homoios) — like.

ὅμοιος

or (as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] ὁμοῖος, α, ον (compare ἐρῆμος, ἑτοῖμος): later Epic dialect also ὁμοίιος (B, which see); Aeolic dialect ὔμοιος [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (adverb -ως[Refs 4th c.AD+] ὑμοῖος [Refs 4th c.BC+]: (ὁμός):—like, resembling, ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁ. ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁ. 'birds of a feather flock together', [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ὁ. as in similar cases (of persons), [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc.: comparative -ότερος more like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative -ότατος most like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. the same, ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; hence (i.e. ἑαυτῷ), always the same, unchanging, αἰεὶ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὁμοῖοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]the same as ever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἓν καὶ ὅ. one and the same…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὅμοιος

homoios

from the base of 3674; similar (in appearance or character):--like, +

manner.

see GREEK for 3674

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὅμοιος, οία, οιον

Adj

like, similar to

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὅμοιος homoios 45x

like, similar, resembling, Mt. 11:16; 13:31, 33, 44, 45, 47, 52; Jn. 8:55, et al. freq.; like, of similar drift and force, Mt. 22:39

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὅμοιος ὅμοιος, ορ ionic and old attic ὁμοῖος, η, ον like, resembling, Lat. similis, Hom., etc.; proverb., τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον "birds of a feather flock together, " Od.; so, ὁ ὅμοιος τῷ ὁμοίῳ Plat.:—comp. ὁμοιότερος more like, id. Plat.; Sup. -ότατος most like, Hdt., Soph., etc.

= ὁ αὐτός, the same, Hom.; ἓν καὶ ὅμ. one and the same, Plat.; ὁμοῖον ἡμῖν ἔσται it will be all one to us, Lat. perinde erit, Hdt.; σὺ δ᾽ αἰνεῖν εἴτε με ψέγειν θέλεις, ὁμοῖον Aesch.

shared alike by both, common, ὁμ. πόλεμος war in which each takes part, Hom.; γῆρας, θάνατος, μοῖρα common to all, id. Hom.

equal in force, a match for one, Lat. par, Il., Hdt.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NSN — Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
98%like
like98% · 45×like?2% · 1×

46 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
predicate91%object4%second object2%subject2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 45 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
πούςthe footλαλέωI speak, sayοὐράa tail
εἰμίI am, exist
τίςIrgαὐτόςθεῖοςdivine
τίςIrg
λέγωI say, speakοὖνtherefore, then
πάλινagain, further, on t
Article the
καίand, even, also,πόλιςa city
ὅμοιοςlike45×
what comes after →
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theἄνθρωποςa man, one of thπαιδίονa little child,
αὐτός
εἰμίI am, existἀγαπάωI love
υἱόςa son, descendent
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
χαλκολίβανονorichalcum, or frank
ὡςas, like as, how
ὅρασιςa sight, vision, app
λίθοςa stoneσμαράγδινοςmade of emerald

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὅμοιος · 45× in the New Testament
Revelation Luke Matthew John 1 John Acts Galatians Jude
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 31 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 100c. AD 40

„Ἔστι γάρ, φησίν, ἡγεμὼν καὶ ἄρχων ἁπάντων θεὸς εἷς ἀεὶ ὤν, μόνιμος, ἀκίνητος, αὐτὸς αὑτῷ ὅμοιος, ἕτερος τῶν ἄλλων.“

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.73c. AD 75–95

ὅμοια τοῖς ὑπὸ γιγάντων τετολμῆσθαι λεγομένοις ὑφʼ Ἑλλήνων καὶ οὗτοι δράσαι παραδίδονται.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 10.3c. AD 100

τὸ οὖν χοιρίον πρὸς τοῦτο εἶπεν: οὐ κολληθήσῃ φησίν, ἀνθρώποις τοιούτοις, οἵτινές εἰσιν ὅμοιοι χοίρων: τουτέστιν ὅταν σπαταλῶσιν, ἐπιλανθάνονται τοῦ κυρίου, ὅταν δὲ ὑστεροῦνται, ἐπιγινώσκουσιν τὸν κύριον, ὡς καὶ ὁ χοῖρος ὅταν τρώγει τὸν κύριον οὐκ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 1st c. AD 2nd c. BC 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD
PSI 10 1149Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 14

ἐντὸς περιβόλου τῶν ἱερῶν καθὼς ἔτι ἄνωθεν ἐποιοῦσαν, τοῦ τε ἱερατικοῦ νόμου Σεμνουθι τὸ ὅμοιον τοῖς κρίμασι τῶν ἡγεμόνων περιέχοντος· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑπηρεσιῶν, κεκρικότων τῶν ἡγεμονευσάντων

ἐπὶ τῶν μισσικίων, περὶ τῆς πολιτείας· … εἶπον ὑμῖν καὶ πρότερον ὅτι οὔκ ἐστιν ὁμοία οὐδὲ ἡ αὐτὴ … ὑμῶν ὑπόθεσις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑμῶν εἶσιν ἐκ λεγιώνω οὐετρανοί

P.Bour. 13MemphisAD 98

ν ὑπὲρ δαπάνημα· τὸ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα περιεσόμενον καθαρὸν ἐπιγένημα ἔσται εἰς ἴσα καὶ ὅμοια μέρη δύο καὶ λήμψεται ἕκαστος αὐτῶν μέρος ἓν καὶ … ν … ει

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
μόσχῳ,moschos as a calf, G3448 Noun · dative · singular · masculine
6× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A calf refers to a young bullock, as seen in Luke 15:23 and Hebrews 9:12. It represents the offspring of animals. In the Bible, it symbolizes sacrifice and worship.
Amplified meaning
a young bullock
Tyndale gloss
calf
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word μόσχος (*moschos*) primarily means a young bullock or calf, and it can also refer to a young animal more generally. It appears frequently in the New Testament, notably in Luke and Hebrews, where it signifies a calf used in sacrificial contexts. The word is built from roots suggesting tenderness or youth, and while its primary meaning is consistent across sources, some entries note its metaphorical use for young humans.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

μόσχος, -ου, ὁ,

[in LXX chiefly for פָּר, also for שׁוֹר, עֵגֶל. etc.;]

a young shoot or twig.

ὁ, ἡ, μ., offspring;

of men;

of animals; most freq. (as always in LXX), a calf, bullock, heifer: Lk 15:23, 27, 30, He 9:12, 19, Re 4:7.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

μόσχος, -ov, 6, [cf. Schmidt ch. 76, 12; Curtius p. 593]; 1. a tender, juicy, shoot; a sprout, of a plant or tree. 2. ὃ, ἡ, μ' Offspring; a. of men [(ef. fig. Eng. scion) ], a boy, a girl, esp. if fresh and delicate. Ὄ. of animals, a young one. 3. acalf, a bullock, a heifer; so everywhere in the Bible, and always mase.: Lk. xv. 23, 27, 30; Heb. ix. 12,19; Rev. iv. 7; (Sept. chiefly for 15 a bull, esp. a young bull; then for 1p3 cattle; for iv an ox or a cow; also for 53y ἃ calf). [(Eur. on.)]

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

μόσχος. The invariable Biblical use of μόσχος in the sense of ““calf”’ is seen in such passages as P Ryl 11. 229?° (letter regarding farm stock—aA.D, 38) ἐπιμελοῦ δὲ kal τοῦ μόσχου, “do you also take care of the calf,” P Fay 121% (c. a.p. 100) καὶ τὸ δέρμα τοῦ μόσχου οὗ ἐθύ[σ]αμεν αἴτησον πα[ρὰ τοῦ] κυρτοῦ βυρσέως, ‘Sask the hunch-backed tanner for the hide of the calf that we sacrificed’ (Edd.), and P Oxy IX. 1211‘ (list of objects for a sacrifice ‘*to the most sacred Nile”—ii/A.p.) μόσχος a. In BGU V. 1188 (c. a.p. 150) it is laid ἀονη--ἀσφρα[γ]ίστους μόσχους οὐκ ἐξὸν θύειν, and consequently in P Lond 4724 (a.p. 188) (=TII. p. 22) we have a certificate of payment of a tax in respect of a calf to be sacrificed —bréypawpe τέλος μόσχου θυομένου, and in P Grenf II. 64° (ii/ili A.p.) a certificate issued by ‘‘a sealer of sacred calves” that he had examined a sacrificial calf and found it…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

μόσχος (moschos) — calf.

μόσχος, ὁ, ἡ,

__B calf, young bull, which form the god Apis was believed to assume, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: as feminine, heifer, young cow, μόσχους ἀμέλγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πεζαὶ μ., ={ἑταῖραι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ᾄδειν ἐπὶ μόσχῳ for the prize of a calf (nisi to be read ἐπὶ Μόσχῳ), [Refs 5th c.BC+]

__B.2 metaphorically, boy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: as feminine, girl, maid, [Refs]

__B.3 any young animal, [Refs]; even of birds, μ. χελιδόνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]

__B.4 μ. θαλάσσιος seal, [Refs]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

μόσχος

moschos

probably strengthened for oschos (a shoot); a young bullock:--calf.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

μόσχος, ου, ὁ, ἡ

n.m.

a calf

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

μόσχος moschos 6x

pr. a tender branch, shoot; a young animal; a calf, young bull, Lk. 15:23, 27, 30; Heb. 12:19; Rev. 4:7*

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-DSM — Noun · dative · singular · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-DSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

kaf (`eghel; par, or par, often rendered "bullock"): The etymology of both words is uncertain, but the former has a close parallel in the Arabic `ijl, "calf." Par is generally used of animals for sacrifice, `eghel, in that and other senses. `Eghel is used of the golden calves and frequently in the expression, `eghel marbeq, "fatted calf," or "calf of the stall," the latter being the literal meaning (1Sa 28:24; Jer 46:21; Am 6:4; Mal 4:2).

At the present day beef is not highly esteemed by the people of the country, but mutton is much prized. In the houses of the peasantry it is common to see a young ram being literally stuffed with food, mulberry or other leaves being forced…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Calf

Calves were commonly made use of in sacrifices, and are therefore frequently mentioned in Scripture. The “fatted calf” was regarded as the choicest of animal food; it was frequently also offered as a special sacrifice (1 Sam. 28:24; Amos 6:4; Luke 15:23). The words used in Jer. 34:18, 19, “cut the calf in twain,” allude to the custom of dividing a sacrifice into two parts, between which the parties ratifying a covenant passed (Gen. 15:9, 10, 17, 18). The sacrifice of the lips, i.e., priase, is called “the calves of our lips” (Hos. 14:2, R.V., “as bullocks the…

Smith's Bible Dictionary

The calf was held in high esteem by the Jews as food. (1 Samuel 28:24; Luke 15:23) The molten calf prepared by Aaron for the people to worship, (Exodus 32:4) was probably a wooden figure laminated with gold, a process which is known to have existed in Egypt. [AARON]

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

The young of the cow, a clean animal much used in sacrifice; hence the expression, "So will we render the calves of our lips," Ho 14:2, meaning, we will offer as sacrifices the prayers and praises of our lips, Heb 13:15. The fatted calf was considered the choicest animal food, Ge 18:7 Am 6:4 Lu 15:23.

In Jer 34:18, "they cut the calf in twain, and passed between the parts thereof," there is an allusion to an ancient mode of ratifying a covenant; the parties thus signifying their willingness to be themselves cut in pieces if unfaithful,

Across the New Testament3 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 175 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 3.130c. AD 40

ἀφαιρεῖ δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ τυχόντος ζῴου, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ τῆς τελειώσεως, καίτοι καὶ μόσχος ἱερουργήθη·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.197c. AD 75–95

ἐπινευσάντων δὲ ἄρτους τε προσέταξεν εὐθὺς ἐκ σεμιδάλεως γενέσθαι, καὶ μόσχον θύσας καὶ ὀπτήσας ἐκόμισεν αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τῇ δρυῒ κατακειμένοις·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 8.2c. AD 100

μόσχος ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐστίν, οἱ προσφέροντες ἄνδρες ἁμαρτωλοὶ οἱ προσενέγκαντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν σφαγήν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. BC 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 2nd c. BC
P.Mich. 9 523Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 66

ἔχωι ἐν πεδίωι Κερκεσούχων ἐν κλήρωι Ἁρπαήσιος τοῦ Ἡρακλήου χλωροφαγοῦντα βοικὰ κτήνηι ἀπήλασάν μου μόσχον τέλειον πυρρόχρουν. διὸ ἀξιῶ γραφῆναι τῷ τῆς Καρανίδος ἡγουμένῳ ἀναζητῆσαι σὺν ἐμοί. εὐτύχει Ἀμμώνιος

Pap.Colon. 31 5Soknopaiu Nesos (Arsinoites)AD 101–AD 200

υ … … … … υ … διέγραψεν Ἰσιδώρῳ … … ο … δεκάτης μόσχων … … Ἀμμωνίου τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου α … … τέλος μόσχου θυομένου ε

P.Tebt. 2 572 Vo descr.Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 164–AD 165

παρὰ Ἡρακλείου φ. ἥμισυ ἀναλωμάτων ἐκ τῶν Ἁρπαήσεως ὑπὲρ μονοδεσμίας χόρτου δραχμαὶ ϙε, δεκάτης μόσχων ὑπὲρ διετίας δραχμαὶ πδ,

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
καὶkai and G2532 Conjunction
8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.
Tyndale gloss
and
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%and
and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ἐνἐπίπρός
σύ
χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,
ἐγώ
πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god
εἰμίI am, exist
αὐτόςArticle theἐγώ
θεόςGod, a god
Article theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe
καίand8978×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςArticle theπρός
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
Article theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τὸho the G3588 Article · nominative · singular · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Revelation as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-NSN — Article · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τρίτονtritos third G5154 Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
56× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Refers to something or someone that is third in a sequence, like the third day or the third time something happens, as seen in Matthew 16:21 and Mark 14:41.
Tyndale gloss
third
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

τρίτος is an adjective meaning 'third,' and it can also function as an adverb meaning 'the third time' or 'thirdly.' It appears in various contexts, such as in enumerations and references to time. The New Testament uses it in passages like Matthew 22:26 and Mark 14:41. There is a notable distinction in usage between the forms, particularly in how they are applied in different grammatical contexts.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

τρίτος, -η, -ον

the third: Mt 22:26, Mk 12:21 15:25, Lk 24:21, Ac 2:15, al.; τῇ τ. ἡμέρᾳ (i.e. the next day but one: Xen., al.; v. Field, Notes, 11 ff.), Mt 16:21, Lk 24:46, al.; substantively, acc. masc., τρίτον, a third (servant), Lk 20:12; neut., τὸ τ., c. gen., the third part of: Re 8:7-12 9:15, 18 12:4. As adv., τὸ τ., the third time: Mk 14:41, Jo 21:17; anarth., τρίτον, a third time, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

τρίτος, -n, -ov, the third: with substantives, Mk. xv. 25; Lk. xxiv. 21; Actsii. 15; 2Co. xii. 2; Rev. iv. 7; vi. 5; viii. 10; xi. 14, ete.; τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, Mt. xvi. 21; xvii. 235 xx. 19; Mk. ix. 31 [Rec.]; x. 84 Rec.; Lk. xxiv. 46; Acts x.40; 1Co.xv.4; τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, Lk. xviii. 33; Jn. ii. 1 [Lmrg. Tr WH mre. τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ] ;; ἕως τῆς τρίτ. ἡμέρας, Mt. xxvii. 64; τρίτον, acc. masc. substantively, a third [(se. servant)], Lk. xx.12; neut. τὸ τρίτον with a gen. of the thing, the third part of anything, Rev. viii. 7-12; ix.15,18; xii.4; neut. adverbially, τὸ τρίτον the third time, Mk. xiv.41; Jn. xxi.17; also without the article, τρίτον a third time, Lk. xxiii. 22; τοῦτο tpiτον, this is (now) the third time (see οὗτος, II.d.), Jn. xxi. 14; 2 Co. xii. 14 [mot Ree.]; xiii. 1; τρίτον in enumerations after πρῶτον, δεύτερον, in the third place, thirdly, 1 Co. xii. 28; ἐκ τρίτου, a third…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

τρίτος, “the third”: P Petr III. 28 verso (4)? (iti/B.c.) ἐδραγματοκλέπτει τρίτος dy, ‘with two others, he stole sheaves in gleaning ”’ (Edd.): cf UPZi. 1324 and 77% (s.c. 161) with Wilcken’s notes. Other exx. of the adj. are P Cairo Zen II. 59236? (8.6. 254 or 253) ἐκ τριῶν ἐτῶν τὰ γενήματα λαμβάνοντες, τὸ τρίτον μέρος ἐπέγραφον, meaning ‘‘they took the average yield of the last three years as an assessment for future taxation ” (see note), BGU IV. 1078" (a.p. 39) γείνωσκε δὲ ἡγεμόνα εἰσεληλυθότα τῇ τρίτῃ [κ]αὶ εἰκάδι, 26. 11. 59615 (A.D. 84) ἔτους τρίτον, and P Oxy VIII. 1114%4 (a.D. 237) περὶ ὥραν τρίτην. For τρίτον = “thirdly” (as in 1 Cor 1228), see BGU II. 4231" (ii/A.D.) (= Selections, p.91) πρῶτον. . . δεύτερον - τρ[ῶτον, and for τὸ τρίτον, ‘for the third time,” as in Mk 14", cf. P Lips I. 33: 15 (A.D. 368). Prepositional phrases are P Oxy XIV. 16407 (A.D. 252) ἐκτείσω σοι…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

τρίτος (tritos) — third.

τρίτος [ῐ],

Aeolic dialect τέρτος (see. τέρτα) η, ον, (τρεῖς) third, τοῖσι δ᾽ ἐπὶ τρίτος ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τρίτος αὐτός himself the third, i. e. with two others (see. αὐτός [Refs]two drachmae and a half, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare ἡμιτάλαντο; τ. γενέσθαι to be third in a race, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—the third frequently appears as completing the tale, e.g. the third and last libation was offered to Ζεὺς Σωτήρ, Διὸς σωτηρίου σπονδὴ τρίτου κρατῆρος [Refs 5th c.BC+]: metaphorically, Κράτος τε καὶ Δίκη σὺν τῷ τρίτῳ.. Ζηνί [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τρίτην ἐπενδίδωμι (i.e. πληγήν) the third and finishing stroke, [Refs]; Ἐρινὺς.. αἷμα πίεται, τρίτην πόσιν, i. e. the blood of Clytemnestra and Aegisthus, the first being that of the children of Thyestes, the second that of Agamemnon…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

τρίτος

tritos

ordinal from 5140; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as

adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).

see GREEK for 5140

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

τρίτος, η, ον

Adj & Adv.

third

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

τρίτον triton 8x

the accusative singular neuter form of tritos (G5569) used adverbially the third time, for the third time, Mk. 14:41; Lk. 23:22

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

τρίτος τρί^τος, η, ον τρεῖς the third, Lat. tertius, Hom., etc.; τρίτος ἦλθε he came himself the third, i. e. with two others, Od.; so, τρίτος αὐτός, attic:— the third often appears as completing the tale, τρίτην ἐπενδίδωμι (sub. πληγήν) the third and finishing stroke, Aesch.; cf. σωτήρ I. 2.

τρίτη, with or without ἡμέρα, the day after to-morrow, ἐς τρίτην ἡμέραν Ar.; τῇ τρίτῃ Xen.;—but, χθὲς καὶ τρ. ἡμέραν yesterday and the day before, id. Xen.

τρίτον as adv., thirdly, Soph., Eur., etc.; also, τὸ τρίτον Hom., attic

τρίτα, ων, τά,

(sub. ἱερά) a sacrifice to the dead, offered the third day after the funeral, Isae.

τὰ τρίτα λέγειν τινί to play the third part to any one, Dem.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NSN — Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

thurd (shelishi; tritos): Isa 19:24, "In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with Assyria," etc., brings out very distinctly the universal and missionary character of Isaiah's prophecies and of Israel's destiny (compare Eze 16:63; and see G. A. Smith, Isaiah, II, 275, 278; Watkinson, Th. Blind Spot 21 ff).

For "third hour," "third month," "third year," see CALENDAR; DAY; TIME.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%third
third89% · 50×third time11% · 6×

56 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial46%subject38%object11%predicate5%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 56 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,ἡμέραa dayἐν
ὥραan hour, season
δέbut, on the otheγάρfor
περί
ἐξέρχομαιI go out, come o
ἐκ
προσεύχομαιI pray, pray for
προστίθημιI put to, add, do ag
καίand, even, also,
τρίτοςthird56×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀστήρa starἄνθρωποςa man, one of thαὐτός
ἡμέραa day
ἐγείρωI wake, arouse, μήNegἀνίστημιI raise up, set
οὗτος
ἡμέραa dayἑτοίμωςreadilyἔρχομαιI come, go
ὥραan hour, season
ὁράωI see, look uponArticle the
καίand, even, also, nam
λέγωI say, speakσταυρόωI crucify

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceτρίτος · 56× in the New Testament
Revelation Luke Matthew Acts John 2 Corinthians Mark 1 Corinthians
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 91 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas The Didache
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 13c. AD 40

τῶν τε γὰρ ἀπὸ μονάδος πρῶτος τέλειός ἐστιν ἰσούμενος τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μέρεσι καὶ συμπληρούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἡμίσους μὲν τριάδος, τρίτου δὲ δυάδος, ἕκτου δὲ μονάδος, καὶ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ἄρρην τε καὶ θῆλυς εἶναι πέφυκε κἀκ τῆς ἑκατέρου δυνάμεως ἥρμοσται·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.31c. AD 75–95

τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἵστησι τὴν γῆν ἀναχέας περὶ αὐτὴν τὴν θάλασσαν·

The DidacheThe Didache 16.6c. AD 100

καὶ τότε φανήσεται τὰ σημεῖα τῆς ἀληθείας: πρῶτον σημεῖον ἐκπετάσεως ἐν οὐρανῷ, εἶτα σημεῖον φωνῆς σάλπιγγος, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. AD 7th c. AD
P.Adl. 7Pathyris105 BC

ἐπρίαντο Φῖβις καὶ Ὧρος οἱ δύο τῶν Νεχούθου τῶν ἐκ Θαίβιος τῆς Φίβιος ἴσην τρίτην μερίδα χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δύο δραχμὰς τετρακισχιλίας. προπωλήτρια καὶ βεβαιώτρια τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην

P.Mil. 1 2Pathyris105 BC

ἐπρίατο Φῖβις καὶ Ὧρος οἱ δύο τῶν Νεχούτου τῶν ἐκ Θαίβιος τῆς Φίβιος ἴσην τρίτην μερίδα χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δύο δραχμὰς τετρακισχιλίας . προπωλήτρια καὶ βεβαιώτρια τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν

P.Lond. 3 p. 13-14 no. 882Diospolis Parva102 BC

1 ἔτους ιϛ τοῦ καὶ ιγ Φαμενὼθ ιβ. ὠνὴ Θαμούνιος Πετεαρσεμθέως τρίτου μέρους ἀπὸ γῆς ἐμφόρου ἐν σφραγῖσι β μιᾶς ἀρουρῶν β 𐅵, τῆς δʼ ἄλλης

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ζῷονzōon living creature G2226 Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
23× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A living thing, like an animal, is what this word describes. In Revelation 4-6, it talks about strange creatures that are alive. In 2 Peter 2:12, it describes people who act like animals.
Tyndale gloss
living thing
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ζῷον (zōon) refers to a living creature or animal, derived from the root meaning 'alive.' It appears frequently in the New Testament, notably in Hebrews 13:11 and Revelation. The term encompasses all living beings, contrasting with θηρίον (therion), which emphasizes a more brutal or bestial aspect. The lexicons indicate that while both terms can sometimes be used interchangeably, ζῷον is broader and more inclusive.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ζῶον, θηρίον from a scan

In passages out of number one of these words might be employed quite as fitly as the other, even as there are many in which they are used interchangeably, as by Plutarch, De Cap. ex Inim. Util. ἃ. This does not however prove that there is no distinction between them, if other passages occur, however few, where one is fit and the other not; or where, though neither would be unfit, one would possess a greater fitness than the other. The distinction, latent in other cases, because there is nothing to evoke it, reveals itself in these. The difference between ζῶον (by Lachmann always more correctly accented ζῷον) and θηρίον is not that between two coordinate terms ; but one, the second, is wholly subordinate to the first, a less included in a greater. All creatures that live on earth, including man himself, λογικὸν καὶ πολιτικὸν ζῶον, as Plutarch (De Am. Prol. 8) so grandly describes him…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ζῷον (Rec. ζῶον, v. LS, s.v.), -ου, τό

(< ζωός, alive),

[in LXX for חַיָּה (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;]

a living creature, an animal: Re 4:6-9 5:6 ff. Re 6:1 ff. Re 7:11 14:3 15:7 19:4; ζῴων τ. αἷμα, He 13:11; ἄλογα ζ., II Pe 2:12, Ju 10.†

SYN.: θηρίον, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, ζ. is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., lxxxi; Cremer, 274).

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ζῶον [or ζῷον (so L WH uniformly, Treg. in Heb. and Rey.; see Etym. Magn. 413, 24, and reff. s. v. I, ) ], του, τό, (ζωός alive) ; 1. a living being. 2. an animal, brute, beast: Heb. xiii. 11; 2 Pet. ii. 12; Jude 10; Rev. iv. 6-9 [on vs. 8 ef. Β. 130 (114)], ete. [Syn.: ζῶον differs from θηρίον (at least ety mologically; but cf. Schmidt as below) in giving prominence to the vital element, while θηρίον emphasizes the bestial element. Hence in Rey. as above ¢ is fitly rendered living creature in contradistinction to the θηρίον beast, cf. xi. 7; xiii. 1, ete. See Trench § lxxxi.; Schmidt ii. ch. 70.] two-roréw, -@; fut. ζωοποιήσω; 1 aor. inf. ζωοποιῆσαι; Pass., pres. ζωοποιοῦμαι; 1 fut. ζωοποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. ptep. ζωοποιηθείς ; (ζωοποιός making alive) ; 1. to produce alive, beget or bear living young, (Aristot., Theophr.). 2. to cause to live, make alive, give life: τὰ πάντα, of God, 1…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ζῷον. With the use of ζῷον (for form, see Blass-Debrunner ὃ 26) in Rev to denote ‘‘a /iwzng creature,” the symbol of the Divine immanence in Nature, as distinguished from θηρίον, “*a brute beast,” we may compare the frequent reff. to ἱερὰ {Ga in the papyri, e.g. Ρ Tebt I. 578 (B.c. 118), where it is laid down that the expenses of the burial of Apis and Mnevis and τῶν ἄλλων ἱερῶν ζῴν (/. ζῴων) shall be defrayed by the Crown, and 26. 5.713 (B.c. 114), where reference is made to furnishing τὰς τῶν ἱερῶν ζώιων σειταγωγίας, ‘the supplies of food for the sacred animals.’’ Cf. also P Oxy IX. 11884 (A.D. 13) ἐπὶ τῆ(ς) τῶν ἱερῶν ζῴων θήκης, and from the inscrr. OGZS 9051 (the Rosetta stone—B.c. 196) τῶι τε Απει καὶ τῶι Mvever πολλὰ ἐδωρήσατο καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱεροῖς ζώιοις τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτωι. In Aristeas 147 the reference is to “tame birds”—ta τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα Loa. MGr…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ζῷον (zōon) — living thing.

ζῷον, τό,

living being, animal, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα, opposed to φυτά, [Refs]; ζ. θαλάττιον, χερσαῖον, [Refs 1st c.BC+].; contemptuously, ὅπως ἡ χώρα τοῦ τοιούτου ζῴου καθαρὰ γίγνηται may be free from this kind of animal (i.e. beggars), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζ. πονηρόν, of women, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. in art, figure, image, not necessarily of animals (compare ζῴδιον), ζῷον δέ οἱ ἐνῆν, ἀνὴρ ἱππεύς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: mostly in plural, ζῷα ἐς τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἐγγράφειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα γράψασθαι τὴν ζεῦξιν τοῦ Βοσπόρου to have pictures of the bridging of the Bosporus painted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ζωγραφέω: ζῷα ποιεῖν [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ζῷον

zoon

neuter of a derivative of 2198; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.

see GREEK for 2198

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ζῷον, ου, τό

n.n.

an animal

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ζῷον zōon 23x

a living creature, animal, Heb. 13:11; 2 Pet. 2:12

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSN — Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

liv'-ing kre'-tur:

(1) (nephesh chayyah, or nephesh hachayyah (nephesh, "breath" or "living things"; chayyah, "living"; compare Arabic nefs, "breath," chaiy, "living")): In the account of the creation this term is used of aquatic animals (Ge 1:21), of mammals (Ge 1:24) and of any animals whatsoever (Ge 2:19).

(2) ([chayyoth], plural of chayyah): The name of the "living creatures" of Eze 1:5-25, which had wings and the faces of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle; compare Eze 10:1-22.

(3) (zoon, "living thing," "animal"): The four "living creatures" (the King James Version "beasts") of

Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 13 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 42c. AD 40

ἐν δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ θεὸς ἅπασαν τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ὕλην ἐκ γῆς ἀνεδίδου τελείαν καρποὺς ἔχουσαν οὐκ ἀτελεῖς ἀλλ’ ἀκμάζοντας, εἰς ἑτοιμοτάτην καὶ ἀνυπέρθετον χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ζῴων τῶν αὐτίκα γενησομένων.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.32c. AD 75–95

πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ζῷά τε κατʼ αὐτὴν νηκτὰ καὶ μετάρσια τὰ μὲν κατὰ βάθους τὰ δὲ διʼ ἀέρος ἀνῆκε συνδησάμενος αὐτὰ κοινωνίᾳ καὶ μίξει γονῆς ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ συναύξεσθαι καὶ πλεονάζειν αὐτῶν τὴν φύσιν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 10.7c. AD 100

ὅτι τὸ ζῷον τοῦτο παρ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσει τὴν φύσιν καὶ ποτὲ μὲν ἄρρεν, ποτὲ δὲ θῆλυ γίνεται.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 5th c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. BC 3rd c. AD
P.Lond. 2 p. 172-173 no. 198Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 175–AD 176

κυρίου ἐπὶ … κατῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἐνθάδε ἐπαγομένη … ἀφήλικος ὄντος πάντα τὰ καταλειφθέντα … ζῷα ἐν οἷς καὶ ἀνδράποδα καὶ χρυσοῦς κόσμος … ἀργυρώνητος καὶ ἐνδομενίαν οὐχ ὀλίγην

P.Oxy. 34 2704OxyrhynchosAD 292

παρεσχηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ αὐτοὺς ποιμένας αὐτοῖς λυμαίνεσθαι· διόπερ διαγορεύω φυλάξασθαι τοῖς καρποῖς ἐπαφεῖναι τὰ ζῷα· κατὰ τοῦ ἀπειθοῦντος ταῦτα ἐνεῖναι δίκην ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ὥστε αὐτῶν τῶν ζῴων ἀποστερηθῆναι καὶ

κοινῶς διδόαμεν. ὅταν δὲ ἔλθω σὺν θεῷ εἰς Ὄασιν, διδόαμεν τὸ κεφάλαιον καὶ τὰ ζῷα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνπορίας καὶ τὸ πρόλοιπον διαμερίσομεν ἀλλήλων• ἐὰν δέ, τὸ μή γένοιτο, ζημιωθῶ

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ἔχωνechō he is having G2192 Verb · present · active · participle · nominative · singular · neuter
709× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This Greek word means to have or hold something, like a possession or ability. It is used in many ways, such as having power or being with someone. The Bible uses it in Revelation 5:8 and 14:6.
Tyndale gloss
to have/be
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἔχω, transliterated as echō, means 'to have' or 'to hold' and is used in various contexts, including possession, ability, and condition. It appears frequently in the New Testament, often relating to physical possession or metaphorical concepts like keeping faith or emotions. Notably, it can also refer to being pregnant, as seen in Matthew 1:18. The entries do not show significant disagreement.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἔχω,

[in LXX for אָצֵל (ἐχόμενος), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;]

(on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183),

to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions.

Trans.;

to have, hold, hold fast, etc.;

to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.;

of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.;

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἔχω ; fut. ἕξω ; impf. εἶχον, [1 pers. plur. εἴχαμεν, 2 Jn. ἔχω 266 5 T Tr WH], 8 pers. plur. εἶχαν (Mk. viii. 7 L T Tr WH; Rey. ix. 8 LT Tr WH; but ef. [ Soph. Lex., Intr. p. 38; Tdf. Proleg. p. 123; WH. App. p. 165]; B. 40 (35)) and εἴχοσαν (LT Tr WH in Jn. xv. 22, 24; but ef. Bitm. in Theol. Stud. u. Krit. 1858, pp. 485 sqq. 491; see his N. T. Gr. p. 43 (37); [Soph. Lex., Intr. p. 39; Τὰ Proleg. p. 124; WH. App. p. 165; ef. δολεόω ]) ; pres. mid. ptep. ἐχόμενος ; to have,—with 2 aor. act. ἔσχον; pf. ἔσχηκα; I. Transitively. have (hold) in the hand: τὶ ἐν τῇ χειρί, Rev. i. 16; vi. 5; x. 2; xvii. 4; and simply, Rev. v. 8; viii. 3, 6; xiv. 6, ete.; Heb. viii. 3. Ὁ. in the sense of wearing (Lat. gestare) ; of garments, arms and the like: τὸ ἔνδυμα, Mt. iii. 4; xxii. 12; κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων, sc. τί, having a covering hanging down from the head, i.e. having the head covered [B. $130, 5; W. §…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἔχω. It may be well to illustrate some of the less usual forms of this common verb. The future σχήσω (cf. Kithner-Blass Gr. 1. ii. p. 112 n.8) is restored by the editor in OGZS 751° (ii/ B.C.) ἐπεὶ θλιβέντες ἐμ πλείοσιν ἀσθενῶς [σχή]σετε. For the 2 aor. with 1 aor. termination (cf. Ac 757 D συνἐσχαν) see BGU 11. 4518 (i/ii A.D.) ἀναγκαίως ἔσχαμεν δ[ι7᾽ ἐπιστολῆς σε ἀσπάσεσθαι, and for ἔσχοσαν cf. OG/S 315°" (B.C. 164-159) ὑφοψίαν μοχθηράν, ἣν Kal περὶ Tod ἀδελφοῦ ἔσχοσαν. In 20. 2237 (iii/B.c.) we have αὐτοὶ ἀπολογισάμενοι περί τε τῆς εὐνοίας ἣν διὰ παντὸς εἰσχήκατε εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν οἰκίαν, and for similar forms see the editor's note ® to 2b. 323. For the trans. use of the verb see such passages as P Oxy IV. 743!® (B.c. 2) εἰ καὶ m[p]ds ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα, βοηθὸν αὐτοῦ γ[εἸνέσθαι διὰ ἣν ἔχομε(ν) πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς φιλίαν, BGU I. 228(a.p. 114) (= «ϑελδείζογις, p. 74), which illustrate 1 Cor…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἔχω (echō) — to have/be.

ἔχω,

__A2nd pers. singular ἔχεισθα conjecture in [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular subjunctive ἔχῃσθα [Refs 8th c.BC+]imperfect εἶχον, Epic dialect ἔχον [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect and poetry ἔχεσκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]future ἕξω, Epic dialect infinitive ἑξέμεναι [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (of momentary action, especially in sense check, see below [Refs 4th c.BC+], not found in Attic dialect Inscrr. or [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular σχήσησθα [Refs]aorist 1 ἔσχης α falsa lectio in [Refs 3rd c.AD+]aorist 2 ἔσχον, imperative σχές [Refs 5th c.BC+] only in Oracle texts cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive σχῶ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural σχοίησαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive σχεῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect σχέμεν [Refs] (in Alexandr. Gr. 3rd.pers. plural imperfect and aorist 2 εἴχοσαν [NT+3rd c.BC+], see at {Σχέθω}: perfect ἔσχηκα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἔχω

echo

scheo skheh'-o; (used in certain tenses only)

a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally

or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability,

contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed

with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count,

diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, +

lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, +

recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, +

uncircumcised, use.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἔχω

v.

I have, hold, possess

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἔχω echō 708x

pluperfect., ἐσχήκειν, to hold, Rev. 1:16; to seize, possess a person, Mk. 16:8; to have, possess, Mt. 7:29, et al. freq.; to have, have ready, be furnished with, Mt. 5:23; Jn. 5:36; 6:68; to have as a matter of crimination, Mt. 5:23; Mk. 11:25; to have at command, Mt. 27:65; to have the power, be able, Mt. 18:25; Lk. 14:14; Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAP-NSN — Verb · present · active · participle · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAP-NSN Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Participle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
29%having
having29% · 211×has9% · 62×have8% · 58×you have7% · 52×i have5% · 36×we have5% · 35×he has3% · 24×had3% · 21×other renderings30% · 217×

716 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 97 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb99%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 709 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
οὐNeg
καίand, even, also,ἄρτοςbread, a loaf, fἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
Article the
ἄγγελοςan angel, messenαὐτόςκαίand, even, also,
μήNeg
Article theδέbut, on the otheπρόβατονa sheep
ὅς
καίand, even, also,ἐνεἰμίI am, exist
χρείαneed, necessity, bus
οὐNegαὐτόςὅς
ἔχωhe is having709×
what comes after →
Article the
ἑπτάIndecυἱόςa son, descendenδέbut, on the othe
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theοὐNegὅς
ἐν
Article theἑαυτοῦΧριστόςanointed, the Me
οὖςthe ear
ἀκούωI hear, listen
ἐξουσίαpower, authority, we
Article theἀλλάbut, exceptἐκβάλλωI throw, cast, p

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἔχω · 709× in the New Testament
Revelation John Luke Matthew Mark 1 Corinthians Acts Hebrews 1 John Romans 2 Corinthians 1 Timothy

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 11c. AD 40

ἀπεριμάχητον δὲ δόγμα καὶ ἀνωφελὲς ἀναρχίαν ὡς ἐν πόλει κατασκευάζον τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ τὸν ἔφορον ἢ βραβευτὴν ἢ δικαστὴν οὐκ ἔχοντι, ὑφ’ οὗ πάντ’ οἰκονομεῖσθαι καὶ πρυτανεύεσθαι θέμις.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.11c. AD 75–95

ὁ δὲ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀρχιερέων οὐδενὸς ἀρετῇ δεύτερος Ἐλεάζαρος τῷ προειρημένῳ βασιλεῖ ταύτης ἀπολαῦσαι τῆς ὠφελείας οὐκ ἐφθόνησε πάντως ἀντειπὼν ἄν, εἰ μὴ πάτριον ἦν ἡμῖν τὸ μηδὲν ἔχειν τῶν καλῶν ἀπόρρητον.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.5c. AD 100

λογισάμενος οὖν τοῦτο, ὅτι ἐὰν μελήσῃ μοι περὶ ὑμῶν τοῦ μέρος τι μεταδοῦναι ἀφ̓ οὗ ἔλαβον, ὅτι ἔσται μοι τοιούτοις πνεύμασιν ὑπηρετήσαντι εἰς μισθόν, ἐσπούδασα κατὰ μικρὸν ὑμῖν πέμπειν, ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD 4th c. AD
P.Gen. 1 20Pathyris110 BC

ἔτους η Μεχεὶρ β, ἐπὶ Σώσου ἀγορανόμου. ὁμολογεῖ Ἁρκοννῆσις Φιγήριος Πέρσης τῶν μισθοφόρων ἱππέων ἔχειν παρὰ Ναομσήσιος τῆς Σπεμμίνιος εἰς λύτρα τετάρτης μερίδος γῆς ἠπείρου σιτοφόρου ἐν τῆι κάτω

P.Bad. 2 3Pathyris110 BC

Μεχεὶρ β ἐν Παθύρει ἐπὶ Σώσου ἀγορανόμου. ὁμολογεῖ Ἁρκοννῆσις Φιγήριος Πέρσης τῶν μισθοφόρων ἱππέων ἔχειν παρὰ Ναομσήσιος τῆς Σπεμμίνιος εἰς λύτρα τετάρτης μερίδος γῆς ἠπείρου σιτοφόρου ἐν τῇ κάτω

P.Adl. 4Ptolemais (Oberägypten)110 BC

Ψεμμῖνις … ου Ὥρωι Νεχούτου χαίρειν. ὁμολογῶ ἔχειν παρὰ σοῦ χαλκοῦ νομίσματος τάλαντα τρῖα ἄτοκα ?. ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν ἃ προσωφείλετό σοι

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τὸ the G3588
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Revelation as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
πρόσωπονprosōpon face G4383 Noun · accusative · singular · neuter
76× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The face or countenance, as seen in Matthew 6:16-17 and 2 Corinthians 3:7, representing a person's presence or appearance. It can also refer to someone's presence or personality. In the Bible, the face is often used to describe a person's emotions or character.
Amplified meaning
a countenance
Tyndale gloss
face
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

πρόσωπον (prosōpon) means 'face' or 'countenance,' and can also refer to a person's presence or outward appearance. It is derived from the components meaning 'toward' and 'view.' The term appears frequently in the New Testament, often in contexts relating to personal encounters or appearances, such as in Matthew 6:16 and 2 Corinthians 2:10. It can also imply judgment based on external conditions.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πρόσωπον, -ου, τό

(< πρός, ὤψ),

[in LXX chiefly and very freq. for פָּנִים;]

prop., of persons (so always in cl.);

the face, countenance: Mt 6:16, 17, Mk 14:65, Lk 9:29, II Co 3:7, Re 4:7, al.; τὸ π. τῆς γενέσεως (EV, natural face), Ja 1:23; πίπτειν ἐπὶ (τὰ) π., Mt 17:6, Lk 5:12, Re 7:11, al.; ἀγνοούμενος τῷ π., Ga 1:22; π., οὐ καρδίᾳ, I Th…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πρόσωπον, -ov, τό, (fr. πρός and ὦψ, cf. μέτωπον), fr. Hom. down; Sept. hundreds of times for 0°33, also for DDN, ete. ; 1. a. the face, i. 6. the anterior part of the human head: Mt. vi. 16, 17; xvii. 2; xxvi. 67; Mk. xiv. 65; Lk. [ix. 29]; xxii. 64 [Τ Tr WH om. Lehm. br. the cl.]; Acts vi. 15; 2 Co. iii. 7,13, 18; [xi. 20]; Rev. iv. 7; ix. 7; x.1; τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως, the face with which one is born [A. V. his natural face], Jas. i. 23; πίπτειν emt πρόσ. [cf. W. § 27, 1n.; 122 (116)]and ἐπὶ τὸ mpoo., Mt. xvii. 6; xxvi. 39; Lk. v. 12; xvii. 16; 1 Co. xiv. 25; [Rev. vii. 11 Rec.; πίπτ. ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσ., Rev. xi. 16; vii. 11GLT Tr WH]; ἀγνοούμενός τινι τῷ προσώπῳ, unknown to one by face, i.e. personally unknown, Gal. i. 22; bereaved of one προσώπῳ, οὐ καρδίᾳ [ A. V. in presence, not in heart], 1 Th. ii. 17; κατὰ πρόσωπον, in or towards (i. e. so as to look into) the face, i.e. before…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πρόσωπον, *“facew:)cl. ΒΒ Εν 47 (5.6: 052-1) (ΞΞ GPZ 1. p. 332, Selections p. 22) lt μὴ μικρόν τι ἐντρέπομαι, οὐκ ἄν pe ἴδες τὸ πόρσωπον, ‘but for the fact that I am a little ashamed, Part VI. 3 , Tpo Τασσω you would never again have seen my face,” and 7. 51906 (B.C. 159) (= UPZ i. p. 360) εἶχον πρόσοπον καλὸν «εἶχον ) καὶ οὐκ ἤθελον οὐθενεὶ δῖξαί μου τὸ πόρσωπον διὰ τὸ καλὸν αὐτὸν ely[a]t, where also note the form πόρσωπον by melathests (Mayser Gr. p. 189). From this literal meaning it is an easy transition to the more general sense of *‘outward appearance,” and thence to the frequent use of the word in the Kow# as practically equivalent to our “person "᾿ξ see e.g. P Oxy XIV. 16724 (a.D. 37-41) ξένοις προσώποις, “‘to strangers,” 76. II. 237vii3 (ap. 186) ὁμοίας ὑποθέσεως :ἀκούσαντα [ἐξ] Αἰγυπτιακῶν προσώπων, ““having heard a similar plea advanced by Egyptian witnesses ” (Edd.), P Ryl…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πρόσωπον (prosōpon) — face.

πρόσωπον, τό:

plural πρόσωπα, Epic dialect (Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] προσώπατα [Refs 8th c.BC+]:— face, countenance (compare μέτωπον), [Refs 8th c.BC+] always in plural, even of a single person, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and usually in later writers; π. κλιθὲν προσώπῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς π. τινὸς ἀφικέσθαι come before him,[LXX+2nd c.BC+]; κατὰ πρόσωπον in front, facing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ π. Αἰγύπτου facing, fronting Egypt, [LXX]; opposed to κατὰ νώτου, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; κατὰ π. ἄγειν, opposed to κατὰ κέρας ὑπεραίρειν, [Refs]; κατὰ π. in person, ἡ κατὰ π. ἔντευξις [Refs 1st c.AD+]; κατὰ π. παραμυθήσασθαι, opposed to διὰ τοῦ ψαφίσματος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also πρὸς τὸ π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ προσώπου Ἰεριχώ in front of Jericho, [LXX+3rd c.BC+]; βλέπειν εἰς π. τινός regard his countenance, [LXX+NT]: of the ibis, [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

πρόσωπον

prosopon

from 4314 and ops (the visage, from 3700); the front (as being towards

view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by

implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before,

countenance, face, fashion, (men's) person, presence.

see GREEK for 4314

see GREEK for 3700

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πρόσωπον, ου, τό

n.n.

the face, countenance, surface

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πρόσωπον prosōpon 76x

the face, countenance, visage, Mt. 6:16, 17; 17:2, 6; according to late usage, a person, individual, 2 Cor. 1:11; hence, a personal presence, 1 Thess. 2:17; from the Hebrew, πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, face to face, clearly, perfectly, 1 Cor. 13:12; face, surface, external form, figure, appearance, Mt. 16:3; Lk. 12:56; external circumstances, or condition of any one, Mt. 22:16; Mk. 12:14; πρόσωπον λαμβάνειν, to have respect to the…

Read the full entry →
Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πρόσωπον ὤψ the face, visage, countenance, mostly in pl., even of a single person, Hom., Soph., etc.; βλέπειν τινὰ εἰς πρ. Eur.; ἐς πρ. τινὸς ἀφικέσθαι to come before him, id. Eur.:— κατὰ πρ. in front, facing, Thuc., etc.; ἡ κατὰ πρ. ἔντευξις a tete-a-tete, Plut.; also, πρὸς τὸ πρ. Xen.; λαμβάνειν πρ. τινος, ῀ προσωποληπτεῖν τινα, NTest.:—metaph., ἀρχομένου πρ. ἔργου Pind.

one's look, countenance, Lat. vultus Aesch., etc.; οὐ τὸ σὸν δείσας πρ., cf. Hor. vultus instantis tyranni, Soph.

= προσωπεῖον, a mask, Dem., Arist.

outward appearance, beauty, Pind.

a person, NTest., etc.; πρόσωπον in bodily presence, id. NTest.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-ASN — Noun · accusative · singular · neuter
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-ASN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

fas: In Hebrew the translation of three expressions:

(1) panim

(2) `ayin, literally, "eye" and

(3) 'aph, literally, "nose," "nostril," already noted under the word COUNTENANCE, which see.

The first and second of these words are used synonymously, even in metaphorical expressions, as, for example in the phrase "the face of the earth," where panim is used (De 6:15 et passim) and `ayin (Nu 22:5 et passim). The third expression preserves more clearly its original meaning. It is generally used in the phrases "to bow one's self to the earth," "to fall on one's face," where the nose actually touched the ground. Often "my face," "thy face" is mere oriental circumlocution for the personal pronoun "I," "me," "thou," "thee." "In thy face" means "in thy presence;" and is often so translated. A…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Face

Means simply presence, as when it is recorded that Adam and Eve hid themselves from the “face [R.V., ‘presence’] of the Lord God” (Gen. 3:8; comp. Ex. 33:14, 15, where the same Hebrew word is rendered “presence”). The “light of God’s countenance” is his favour (Ps. 44:3; Dan. 9:17). “Face” signifies also anger, justice, severity (Gen. 16:6, 8; Ex. 2:15; Ps. 68:1; Rev. 6:16). To “provoke God to his face” (Isa.…

Face and presence, expressed by the same word in Hebrew, are often put for the person himself, Ge 48:11 Ex 33:14 Isa 63:9. No man has seen the face of God, that is, had a full revelation of his glory, Ex 33:20 Joh 1:18 1Ti 6:16. To see him "face to face," is to enjoy his presence, Ge 32:30 Nu 14:14 De 5:4, and have a clear manifestation of his nature and grace,

→ Covering of Isa 6:2

→ Disfiguring of, in fasting Mt 6:16

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
69%face
face69% · 53×appearance12% · 9×presence8% · 6×faces8% · 6×other renderings4% · 3×

77 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 7 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial59%object30%subject9%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 76 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
ὁράωI see, look uponκαίand, even, also,ἐπί
πρό
ἐγώἄγγελοςan angel, messenδύο
ἐπί
πίπτωI fall, fall undκάθημαιI sit, am seated
κατά
ἑτοιμάζωI make ready, prἀρνέομαιI deny, repudiatκατηγορέωI accuse, charge
ἀπό
ἀνάψυξιςrefreshing, refrχαίρωI rejoice, am glθεόςGod, a god
πρόσωπονface76×
what comes after →
αὐτός
καίand, even, also,ὡςas, like as, howὅπωςhow, in order th
Article the
πατήρfather, Father, γῆthe earth, soil,κύριοςlord, Lord, mast
σύ
ὅςνίπτωI washδέρωI flay, flog, sc
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of the hu
ἀλλάbut, except
καίand, even, also, nam
κολαφίζωI strike with thκαταρτίζωI fit together,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπρόσωπον · 76× in the New Testament
Luke 2 Corinthians Acts Matthew Revelation 1 Corinthians 1 Thessalonians Galatians Mark James 1 Peter 2 Thessalonians
Across the New Testament15 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 614 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 131c. AD 40

"πηγὴ δ’ ἀνέβαινεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐπότιζε πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς“ (Gen.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.334c. AD 75–95

ἡσθεὶς δὲ τούτοις Ἰάκωβος Φανουῆλον ὀνομάζει τὸν τόπον, ὃ σημαίνει θεοῦ πρόσωπον.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 5.14c. AD 100

τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου ἔθηκα ὡς στερεὰν πέτραν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 7th c. AD 4th c. AD 5th c. AD 2nd c. AD
P.Mich. 5 241Tebtynis (ArsinoitesAD 16

ἐπελεύσεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον. ὑπογραφεῖς τῶν ὁμολογούντων Λυσίμαχος Λυσιμάχου ὡς ἐτῶν κβ οὐλὴ προσώπῳ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν καὶ τῆς Τατιθίγξιος Διόδωρος Ψενοβάστεως ὡς ἐτῶν κζ οὐλὴ δακτύλῳ πρώτῳ ἀριστερᾶς

P.Mich. 5 243ArsinoitesAD 14–AD 37

μεσόφρυον. Ὀρσῆς Κρονίδου ὡς ἐτῶν με οὐλὴ ὀφρύει. Μιεῦς Ἁρμιύσιος ὡς ἐτῶν μϛ οὐλὴ προσώπῳ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν Ἁρμιῦσις Φασῶτος ὡς ἐτῶν νε οὐλὴ … δεξι . Ἥρων Ὀρσεῦτος εὐδοκῶ

P.Berl.Leihg. 2 44Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 157–AD 158

κυριακὰς ψήφους. Ἡρακλείδης ὡς ἐτῶν μ οὐλὴ ἀστραγάλῳ δεξιῷ Ὡρίων ὡς ἐτῶν λε οὐλὴ προσώπῳ μέσῳ Ἀρητίων ὡς ἐτῶν λε οὐλὴ δακτύλῳ χειρὸς ἀριστερᾶς Ἥρων ὡς ἐτῶν ν οὐλὴ

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ὡς as G5613
502× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means as or when, showing a comparison or timing. It's used in many verses, like Mark 4:26 and 1 Corinthians 3:15, to show how things are done. It helps explain how or when something happens.
Tyndale gloss
as/when
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὡς is an adverb and conjunction derived from the relative pronoun ὅς. It is used in various contexts to mean 'as,' 'like,' or 'when,' and can indicate manner, comparison, or time. In the New Testament, it appears frequently to express similarity or to introduce clauses, such as in comparisons or temporal phrases. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its usage.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.

As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as;

with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως . . . ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς . . . οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὡς [ Treg. (by mistake) in Mt. xxiv. 38 ὥς; cf. W. 462 (431); Chandler § 934, and reff. in Ebeling, Lex. Hom. s. v. p. 494

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὡς. Ι. = “45: P Goodsp Cairo 44 (ii/B.c.) (= Selections, Ῥ- 24) εἰ tppwoar . .. εἴη dv ὡς αἱρούμεθα, “if you are well, it will be as we desire,” BGU I. 1637 (A.D. 108) καὶ yap ἄλλοι ὡς πληγέντες ὑπὸ αὐτοῦ ἀναφόριον δεδώκασι, “for others have given information (from time to time) ἃ5 having been assaulted by him,” P Flor I. 5618 (A.p. 234) ὡς καθήκει, and BGU IV. το. 1 (iv/y A.D.) κα]ταβληθῆναι ὡς φονέα. 2. = “that,” ‘ how,” after verbs of saying, thinking, etc.: P Tebt I. τοῦ (B.c. 119) φρόντισον ὡς τὰ τῆς ὑποσχέσεως ἐκπληρωθήσεται, “take care that the terms of his agreement are fulfilled” (Edd.), and P Tebt II. 4101? (i/A.D.) μν[ἤ]σθητι o[s] ἐν τῷ Τρ[ιστόμῳ pe ἐφιλοτ[ιυἹμοῦ σὺν ἐμοὶ μεῖναι, ‘remember how zealous you were at Tristomos to remain with me” (Fdd.). 3. Ὁ. ind. with dy, as in Σ Cor 125, cf. P Par 4615 (B.C. 152) ὡς ἂν εὐκαιρήσω, παραχρῆμα παρέσομαι πρός σε. 4. c. conj. with…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὡς (hōs) — as/when.

ὡς:—

Summary:

__A as adverb of Manner.

__A.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.

__A.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. pronoun ὅς, as.

__A.Ac ὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.

__A.Ad ὡς temporal, when.

__A.Ae ὡς Local, where,

__B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.

__C,D various usages. adverb of Manner:

__A.Aa ὥς, Demonstr., ={οὕτως}, so, thus, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Ionic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥς simply ={οὕτως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

__A.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὧς not even so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] are used in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα [Refs 4th c.AD+]; δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Thess. καὶ οὗς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; for this phrase the accentuation ὧς[Refs 2nd…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὡς

hos

probably adverb of comparative from 3739; which how, i.e. in that

manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that),

(according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like),

for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit,

unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.

see GREEK for 3739

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὡς

Adv

as, like as, how, while, so that

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὡς hōs 504x

conjunction formed from the relative pronoun ὅς, used as a comparative part. and conj., as, correlatively, Mk. 4:26; Jn. 7:46; Rom. 5:15; as, like as, Mt. 10:16; Eph. 5:8; according as, Gal. 6:10; as, as it were, Rev. 8:8; as, Lk. 16:1; Acts 3:12; before numerals, about, Mk. 5:13; conj. that, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὡς thus, as, so that, since

A. ADVERB of Manner, either ὥς (with accent) Demonstr. so, thus, Lat. sic;— or ὡς (without accent) Relat. as, Lat. ut. B. ὡς, as CONJUNCTION. C, D. various usages.

of Manner:

ὥς, Demonstr. = οὕτως, so, thus, Lat. sic, Hom., Hdt.; rare in attic:— καὶ ὥς, even so, nevertheless, οὐδ᾽ ὥς, μηδ᾽ ὥς, not even so, in no wise, Hom., Soph.

in Comparisons, ὥς . . , ὡς . . , so . . as . . , Lat. sic . . ut . . , Il., Plat.

thus, for instance, Od.

ὡς, Relat., as, Lat. ut, first in Hom.; οὕτως ὡς, Lat. sic ut; but the antec. is often omitted: similes are commonly introduced by ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε, where ὅτε often seems superfluous, ἤριπε δ᾽, ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] Il.:—this ὡς takes the accent at the end of a clause or when it follows the word dependent on it; θεὸς δ᾽ ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.; οἱ δὲ φέβοντο, βόες ὥς…

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

az: Conj. and adverb (usually Greek hos hosper, kathos), designating:

(1) Likeness: (a) between nouns (Ge 3:5; Jud 6:5; Php 2:8; Heb 11:27,29); (b) between verbs (Lu 6:36; Joh 5:30; 1Co 10:7); (c) between adjectives (1Co 15:48).

(2) Limitation (with respect to a particular aspect or relation) (1Pe 4:15,16).

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
60%as
as60% · 310×like16% · 84×when8% · 41×how4% · 21×about4% · 20×other renderings6% · 33×other renderings1% · 7×

516 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 22 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial31%predicate12%object4%subject4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 502 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
πρόσωπονthe face, counteπούςthe footδιδάσκωI teach
σύ
πλησίονnear, nearby, a καρδίαthe heart, innerἀποστέλλωI send forth, se
καίand, even, also, nam
πολύςmuch, many, ofteαὐτόςλαόςa people, the cr
ἀλλάbut, except
γαμίζωI give in marriaθέλωI will, wish, deφανερῶςclearly, openly
εἰμίI am, exist
ὥραan hour, seasonὅτιthat, since, becοὐNeg
ὡςas502×
what comes after →
Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, mastἥλιοςthe sun, sunlighφῶςlight, a source
δέbut, on the other ha
πληρόωI fill, fulfill,γίνομαιI come into beinἀκούωI hear, listen
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theἐνἐγώ
φωνήa sound, noise, voic
ὕδωρwaterβροντήthunderἐν
ἐν
Article theοὐρανόςthe sky, the heaκρυπτόςhidden, secret

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὡς · 502× in the New Testament
Revelation Acts Luke Matthew 1 Corinthians John 2 Corinthians 1 Peter Hebrews Mark Romans Ephesians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpos of a man, G444 Noun · genitive · singular · masculine
548× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Revelation as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means a human being, and is used in the Bible to describe people, like in John 16:21 and Romans 7:1.
Amplified meaning
a human being
Tyndale gloss
a human
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἄνθρωπος (i.e., *anthropos*) means 'man' or 'human being,' encompassing both males and females. It is derived from roots meaning 'man-faced' and is used in various contexts throughout the New Testament, such as to distinguish humans from God and animals. The term can imply human frailty and is often used in phrases that reflect human nature or condition.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ,

[in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;]

man:

generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἄνθρωπος, -ov, 6, [perh. fr. ἀνήρ and oy, i. e. man’s face; Curtius § 422; Vaniéek p.9. From Hom. down]; man. Tt is used 1. univ., with ref. to the genus or nature, without distinction of sex, a human being, whether male or female: Jn. xvi. 31. And in this sense a. with the article, generically, so as to include all human individuals: Mt. iv. 4 (ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ ζήσεται 6 ἄνθρωπος) ; Mt. xii. 35 (ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθ. every good person); Mt. xv. 11, 18; Mk. ii. 27; vil. 15, 18, 20; Lk.iv.4; Jn. ii. 25 [W. § 18, 8]; vii. 51; Ro. vii.1,ete. b. so that a man is distinguished from beings of a different race or order; a. from animals, plants, ete.: Lk. v.10; Mt.iv.19; xii. 12; 2 Pet. ii. 16; Rev. ix. 4, 7, 10, 15,18; xi. 13, ete. β. from God, from Christ as divine, and from angels: Mt. x. 32; xix. 6; Mk. x. 9; Lk. 11. 15 [Ὁ WH om., L Tr br.] (opp. to angels); Jn. x. 33; Acts x. 26; xiv.11; 1 Th. ii. 13…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἄνθρωπος, like ἀνήρ, has kept its differentia practically unchanged from Homer to MGr. It is interesting to notice its philosophical abstract ἀνθρωπότης vouched for as fairly popular Greek by Vettius Valens (p. 346%, in antith. to ἀθανασία), passing into Christian theology (see LS and Sophocles Zex.), and current in MGr. The NT has no trace of the curious misuse by which the principal difference between a. and ἀνήρ is ignored: Tob 65 ἀνθρώπου ἢ γυναικός. P Flor |. 61 (a.p. 86-8) ἄξιος μ[ὲ]ν ἧς μαστιγωθῆναι, διὰ σεαυτοῦ [κ]Ἰατασχὼν ἄνθρωπον εἰσχήμονα καὶ yuv[ai]kas is not parallel, as a. only means as little is Jn 772. (Grimm). Another case of ἄνθρωπος invading the sphere of ἀνήρ is the Matthzean locution ἄ, οἰκοδεσπότης, βασιλεύς, φαγός etc. though not Attic: Mt may have got it from LXX (so Lev 21° ἀνθρώπου ἱερέως). Some papyrus passages may be cited, though little is needed. The…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἄνθρωπος (anthrōpos) — a human.

ἄνθρωπος, ἡ,

Attic dialect crasis ἅνθρωπος, Ionic dialect ὥνθρωπος, for ὁ ἄνθρ-:— man, both as a generic term and of individuals, [Refs 8th c.BC+], opposed to gods, ἀθανάτων τε θεῶν χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς ἠοίων ἢ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων the men of the east or of the west, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; even of the dead in the Isles of the Blest,[Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. [Refs 5th c.BC+] uses it both with and without the Article to denote man generically, ὁ ἄ. θείας μετέσχε μοίρας[Refs]; ὁ ἄ. the ideal man, humanity, ἀπώλεσας τὸν ἄ., οὐκ ἐπλήρωσας τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν[Refs 2nd c.AD+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἄνθρωπος

anthropos

from 435 and ops (the countenance; from 3700); man-faced, i.e. a human

being:--certain, man.

see GREEK for 435

see GREEK for 3700

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἄνθρωπος, ου, ὁ

n.m.

a man, one of the human race

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἄνθρωπος anthrōpos 550x

a human being, Jn. 16:21; Phil. 2:7; an individual, Rom. 3:28, et al. freq.; used also pleonastically with other words, Mt. 11:19; et al.; met. the spiritual frame of the inner man, Rom. 7:22; Eph. 3:16; 1 Pet. 3:4

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἄνθρωπος prob. from ἀνήρ, ὤψ, manfaced man, Lat. homo (not vir), opp. to gods, ἀθανάτων τε θεῶν, χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων Il.

with or without the Art. to denote man generally, Plat., etc.

in pl. mankind, ἀνθρώπων, ἀνδρῶν ἠδὲ γυναικῶν Il.; ὁ ἄριστος ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὄρτυξ the best quail in the world, Plat.; μάλιστα, ἥκιστα ἀνθρώπων most, least of all, Hdt., etc.

with another Subst., to give it a contemptuous sense, ἄνθρ. ὑπογραμματεύς, συκοφάντης, Oratt.; so homo histrio Cic.:—so, ἄνθρωπος or ὁ ἄνθρωπος was used alone, the man, the fellow, Plat.:— also in vocat. it was addressed contemptuously to slaves, ἄνθρωπε or ὦ 'νθρωπε, sirrah! you sir! Hdt., Plat.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

See ANTHROPOLOGY.

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Man

(1.) Heb. ‘Adam, used as the proper name of the first man. The name is derived from a word meaning “to be red,” and thus the first man was called Adam because he was formed from the red earth. It is also the generic name of the human race (Gen. 1:26, 27; 5:2; 8:21; Deut. 8:3). Its equivalents are the Latin homo and the Greek anthropos (Matt. 5:13, 16). It denotes also man in opposition to woman (Gen. 3:12; Matt. 19:10).

(2.) Heb. ‘ish, like the Latin vir and Greek aner, denotes properly a man in opposition to a woman (1 Sam. 17:33;

→ CREATED Ge 1:26,27; 2:7; 5:1,2; De 4:32; Job 4:17; 10:2,3,8,9; 31:15; 33:4; 35:10; Ps 8:5; 100:3; 119:73; 138:8; 139:14; Ec 7:29; Isa 17:7; 42:5; 43:7; 45:12; 64:8; Jer 27:5; Zec 12:1; Mal 2:10; Mr 10:6; Heb 2:7

See CREATED IN THE IMAGE OF GOD, below

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
59%man
man59% · 328×men33% · 185×a man2% · 13×other renderings6% · 33×

559 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 21 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject43%adverbial24%object17%predicate9%indirect object5%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 548 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
υἱόςa son, descendenκοινόωI make unclean, ἀπό
πᾶςall, the whole, ever
εἰςπρόςδέbut, on the othe
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
καίand, even, also,ἐξέρχομαιI go out, come oλέγωI say, speak
ἐκ
DisjλέγωI say, speakεἰμίI am, exist
ἐγώ
γάρforὅτιthat, since, becΠαῦλοςPaul
ἄνθρωποςof a man,548×
what comes after →
Article the
δέbut, on the otheπατήρfather, Father, Article the
οὗτος
ὅςδίκαιοςjust, righteous,καίand, even, also,
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theλέγωI say, speakεἰμίI am, exist
εἰμίI am, exist
ὑπόκαίand, even, also,Article the
ἐν
Article theμαλακόςsoft, effeminateπνεῦμαwind, breath, sp

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἄνθρωπος · 548× in the New Testament
Matthew Luke John Mark Acts 1 Corinthians Romans Revelation Galatians 1 Timothy Hebrews Ephesians

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament24 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 708 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 25c. AD 40

τὴν γοῦν ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν ἀναγράφων ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα διαρρήδην ὁμολογεῖ, ὡς ἄρα κατ’ εἰκόνα θεοῦ διετυπώθη (Gen.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.16c. AD 75–95

γέγονε γὰρ πρὸ ἐτῶν δισχιλίων, ἐφʼ ὅσον πλῆθος αἰῶνος οὐδʼ αὐτῶν οἱ ποιηταὶ τὰς γενέσεις τῶν θεῶν, μήτι γε τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράξεις ἢ τοὺς νόμους ἀνενεγκεῖν ἐτόλμησαν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 3.1c. AD 100

οὐ ταύτην τὴν νηστείαν ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην, λέγει κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ταπεινοῦντα τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ,

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD 3rd c. BC 3rd c. AD
P.Cair. Zen. 3 59301Philadelphia (Arsinoites)251 BC

Ψύχεως. καλῶς ἂν οὖν ποιήσαις διέμενος αὐτόν, καθὰ ἐν πόλει μοι ἐπηγγείλω. ἔστιν γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἡμῖν χρήσιμος. ἔρρωσο. ἔτους λϛ, Παχώνς.

P.Giss. 1 39Theben206 BC–181 BC

ἀεὶ χρόνου. ἐὰν δέ τίς σοι ἐπέλθηι ἔκ τε τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματος ἢ ἄλλου ἀνθρώπου, ἀνεπιεικὲς ἐκστήσω αὐτὸν ἀπὸ σοῦ περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ βεβαιώσω σοι αὐτὰ ἀπὸ συναλλαγμάτων καὶ

P.Grenf. 1 37Thebais109 BC

ντων ὑμῶν διαλήψεως … καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν οὐδενός … ς ἀξιοῦμεν … ἀνθρώπου ἀλόγως … ὀφείλει ἡμῖν διάφορα … θαι ἀλλʼ ἀποστερέσαι … ησας ἀλλά … τας

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
καὶkai and G2532 Conjunction
8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.
Tyndale gloss
and
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%and
and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ἐνἐπίπρός
σύ
χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,
ἐγώ
πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god
εἰμίI am, exist
αὐτόςArticle theἐγώ
θεόςGod, a god
Article theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe
καίand8978×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςArticle theπρός
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
Article theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τὸho the G3588 Article · nominative · singular · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Revelation as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-NSN — Article · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
τέταρτονtetartos fourth G5067 Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
10× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means fourth in a series. It appears in Matthew 14:25, Mark 6:48, and Revelation 4:7, among other places. The KJV translates it as 'fourth' or 'four'.
Amplified meaning
last in the series
Tyndale gloss
fourth
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word τέταρτος (transliterated as tetartos) means 'fourth' and is used in various contexts, including ordinal numbering and as an adverb meaning 'the fourth time.' It appears in several New Testament verses, such as Matthew 14:25 and Revelation 6:8. The word is derived from the root for 'four' and has been used since ancient times, with references found in both classical and biblical texts.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

τέταρτος, -η, -ον

[in LXX chiefly for רְבִיעִי ;]

fourth: Mt 14:25, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:30, Re 4:7 6:7, 8 8:12 16:8 21:19.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

τέταρτος, -η; -ov, (fr. τέτταρες), the fourth: Mt. xiv. 25; Mk. vi. 48; Acts x. 30; Rev. iv. 7, etc. [From Hom. down. |

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

τέταρτος, “fourth” (Mt 1475, a/.): cf. P Cairo Zen II. 592584 (B.C. 252) τοῦ τετάρ[του καὶ] τριακοστοῦ ἔτους, P Par 49} (before B.c. 161) (= UPZ i. p. 309) σησάμου τέταρτον, P Oxy XIV. 1672! (a.p. 37-41) τὰ (sc. olvdpia) τῆς [τ]ετάρτης ληνοῦ μόνης, ‘the wine of the fourth press only” (Edd.), 76. X. 1293° (A.D. 117-38) ὑστερῶ τέταρτα δ[ύ]ο, “1 want two quarters (?)’’ (Edd.), zd. VIII. 1102® (c..A.D. 146) τὸ τέταρτον τῆς οὐσίας, and PSI V. 45079 The classical térpas to denote the 4 day of the month is seen in such passages as P Ryl II. 1977 (late 11/A.D.) ᾿Αθὺρ. .. τετράδι. It is retained in the LXX proper, and is found in the title of the Ps 93 with reference to the fourth day of the week, as in MGr: see Thackeray G7. 1. Ρ. 189.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

τέταρτος (tetartos) — fourth.

τέταρτος, η, ον,

Epic dialect also τέτρᾰτος (which see), Boeotian dialect πέτρᾰτος (which see), fourth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]

II. τὸ τέταρτον as adverb, the fourth time, [Refs]fourthly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adverb -τως, fourfold, [Refs]

II.2. (i.e. μέρος) a quarter, [Refs 1st c.BC+]

III. ἡ τετάρτη:

III.1. (i.e. ἡμέρα) the fourth day, [Refs 8th c.BC+]

III.2. (i.e. μοῖρα) a liquid measure, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—also, a measure of weight, λαβὼν χρυσοῦ τετάρτας <β> [Refs]

III.2. b a fourth part, ἐπὶ τετάρταις ἐργάζονται τῶν καρπῶν [Refs 1st c.BC+]

III.3. tax of[Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὧν τετάρτη goods which pay a tax of 25%, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

τέταρτος

tetartos

ordinal from 5064; fourth:--four(-th).

see GREEK for 5064

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

τέταρτος, η, ον

Adj

fourth

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

τέταρτος tetartos 10x

fourth, Mt. 14:25; the fourth part, quarter, Rev. 6:8

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

τέταρτος fourth, Lat. quartus, Hom.

τὸ τέταρτον, as adv. the fourth time, id. Hom.: as adv., without Art., fourthly, Plat.

ἡ τετάρτη:

(sub. ἡμέρα), the fourth day, Hes., Xen.

(sub. μοῖρα), a liquid measure (cf. our quart), Hdt.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NSN — Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
90%fourth
fourth90% · 9×four10% · 1×

10 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject50%adverbial40%object10%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 10 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,σφραγίςa signet-ring, iφωνήa sound, noise,
περί
αὐτός
ἀπό
φημίI say
τέταρτοςfourth10×
what comes after →
ζῷονan animal
ὅμοιοςlike, similar toλέγωI say, speak
δέbut, on the other ha
φυλακήa watching, guar
φυλακήa watching, guard, p
Article the
ἡμέραa day
μέχριas far as, until
ἀκούωI hear, listen
φωνήa sound, noise,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceτέταρτος · 10× in the New Testament
Revelation Acts Matthew Mark
Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 60 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 45c. AD 40

Τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ ἡμέρᾳ μετὰ τὴν γῆν τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐποίκιλλε διακοσμῶν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτον ἐν ὑστέρῳ γῆς ἔταττε, τῇ μὲν ἐλάττονι φύσει προνομίαν διδούς, τὴν δὲ κρείττονα καὶ θειοτέραν δευτερείων ἀξιῶν, ἀλλ’ εἰς ἔνδειξιν ἐναργεστάτην κράτους ἀρχῆς.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.31c. AD 75–95

τῇ τετάρτῃ δὲ διακοσμεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἡλίῳ καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἄστροις κινήσεις αὐτοῖς ἐπιστείλας καὶ δρόμους, οἷς ἂν αἱ τῶν ὡρῶν περιφοραὶ σημαίνοιντο.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 4.5c. AD 100

ὁμοίως περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λέγει Δανιήλ: Καὶ εἶδον τὸ τέταρτον θηρίον τὸ πονηρὸν καὶ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ χαλεπώτερον παρὰ πάντα τὰ θηρία τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ὡς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀνέτειλεν δέκα κέρατα, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν μικρὸν κέρας παραφυάδιον, καὶ ὡς ἐταπείνωσεν ὑφ̓ ἓν τρία…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 7th c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD

ὑποκλαστὸς ἀναφάλανθος μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν οὐλὴ ὀδόντι ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς τετάρτην μερίδα τῶν σφραγίδων γ, μιᾶς μὲν λεγομένης Ἁρμώνθου, γείτονες τῆς ὅλης γῆς νότου Χεσθώτου

P.Adl. 17Krokodilopolis (Pathyrites)100 BC

Κροκοδίλων πόλεως γῆς ἠπείρου σιτοφόρου ἀρουρῶν εἴκοσι μιᾶς τῶν ἐν Σω ῥοῇ ἀρούρας πέντε τέταρτον , ὧν παρὰ νότου ἐπὶ βορρᾶν σχοινίου ἑνὸς τετάρτου , ἀπηλιώτου ἐπὶ λίβα σχοινίων

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

ἀπὸ νότου μέρει τοῦ ἐν Παθύρει ἱεροῦ ἐντὸς τοῦ περιβόλου τὸ ἐπιβάλλον αὐτοῖς μέρος τέταρτον, οὗ γείτονες νότου περίβολος τοῦ ἱεροῦ, βορρᾶ παστοφόριον Πατσεοῦτος τοῦ Φίβιος καὶ εἴσοδος, ἀπηλιώτου

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ζῷονzōon living creature G2226 Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
23× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A living thing, like an animal, is what this word describes. In Revelation 4-6, it talks about strange creatures that are alive. In 2 Peter 2:12, it describes people who act like animals.
Tyndale gloss
living thing
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ζῷον (zōon) refers to a living creature or animal, derived from the root meaning 'alive.' It appears frequently in the New Testament, notably in Hebrews 13:11 and Revelation. The term encompasses all living beings, contrasting with θηρίον (therion), which emphasizes a more brutal or bestial aspect. The lexicons indicate that while both terms can sometimes be used interchangeably, ζῷον is broader and more inclusive.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ζῶον, θηρίον from a scan

In passages out of number one of these words might be employed quite as fitly as the other, even as there are many in which they are used interchangeably, as by Plutarch, De Cap. ex Inim. Util. ἃ. This does not however prove that there is no distinction between them, if other passages occur, however few, where one is fit and the other not; or where, though neither would be unfit, one would possess a greater fitness than the other. The distinction, latent in other cases, because there is nothing to evoke it, reveals itself in these. The difference between ζῶον (by Lachmann always more correctly accented ζῷον) and θηρίον is not that between two coordinate terms ; but one, the second, is wholly subordinate to the first, a less included in a greater. All creatures that live on earth, including man himself, λογικὸν καὶ πολιτικὸν ζῶον, as Plutarch (De Am. Prol. 8) so grandly describes him…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ζῷον (Rec. ζῶον, v. LS, s.v.), -ου, τό

(< ζωός, alive),

[in LXX for חַיָּה (chiefly) and cognate forms; freq. in Wi;]

a living creature, an animal: Re 4:6-9 5:6 ff. Re 6:1 ff. Re 7:11 14:3 15:7 19:4; ζῴων τ. αἷμα, He 13:11; ἄλογα ζ., II Pe 2:12, Ju 10.†

SYN.: θηρίον, in which the brutal, bestial element is emphasized, and which is never used of sacrificial animals. On the other hand, ζ. is the more comprehensive, as expressing the vital element common to the whole animal creation (v. Tr., Syn., lxxxi; Cremer, 274).

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ζῶον [or ζῷον (so L WH uniformly, Treg. in Heb. and Rey.; see Etym. Magn. 413, 24, and reff. s. v. I, ) ], του, τό, (ζωός alive) ; 1. a living being. 2. an animal, brute, beast: Heb. xiii. 11; 2 Pet. ii. 12; Jude 10; Rev. iv. 6-9 [on vs. 8 ef. Β. 130 (114)], ete. [Syn.: ζῶον differs from θηρίον (at least ety mologically; but cf. Schmidt as below) in giving prominence to the vital element, while θηρίον emphasizes the bestial element. Hence in Rey. as above ¢ is fitly rendered living creature in contradistinction to the θηρίον beast, cf. xi. 7; xiii. 1, ete. See Trench § lxxxi.; Schmidt ii. ch. 70.] two-roréw, -@; fut. ζωοποιήσω; 1 aor. inf. ζωοποιῆσαι; Pass., pres. ζωοποιοῦμαι; 1 fut. ζωοποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. ptep. ζωοποιηθείς ; (ζωοποιός making alive) ; 1. to produce alive, beget or bear living young, (Aristot., Theophr.). 2. to cause to live, make alive, give life: τὰ πάντα, of God, 1…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ζῷον. With the use of ζῷον (for form, see Blass-Debrunner ὃ 26) in Rev to denote ‘‘a /iwzng creature,” the symbol of the Divine immanence in Nature, as distinguished from θηρίον, “*a brute beast,” we may compare the frequent reff. to ἱερὰ {Ga in the papyri, e.g. Ρ Tebt I. 578 (B.c. 118), where it is laid down that the expenses of the burial of Apis and Mnevis and τῶν ἄλλων ἱερῶν ζῴν (/. ζῴων) shall be defrayed by the Crown, and 26. 5.713 (B.c. 114), where reference is made to furnishing τὰς τῶν ἱερῶν ζώιων σειταγωγίας, ‘the supplies of food for the sacred animals.’’ Cf. also P Oxy IX. 11884 (A.D. 13) ἐπὶ τῆ(ς) τῶν ἱερῶν ζῴων θήκης, and from the inscrr. OGZS 9051 (the Rosetta stone—B.c. 196) τῶι τε Απει καὶ τῶι Mvever πολλὰ ἐδωρήσατο καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱεροῖς ζώιοις τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτωι. In Aristeas 147 the reference is to “tame birds”—ta τῶν προειρημένων πτηνῶν ἥμερα Loa. MGr…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ζῷον (zōon) — living thing.

ζῷον, τό,

living being, animal, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα, opposed to φυτά, [Refs]; ζ. θαλάττιον, χερσαῖον, [Refs 1st c.BC+].; contemptuously, ὅπως ἡ χώρα τοῦ τοιούτου ζῴου καθαρὰ γίγνηται may be free from this kind of animal (i.e. beggars), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζ. πονηρόν, of women, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. in art, figure, image, not necessarily of animals (compare ζῴδιον), ζῷον δέ οἱ ἐνῆν, ἀνὴρ ἱππεύς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: mostly in plural, ζῷα ἐς τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἐγγράφειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζῷα γράψασθαι τὴν ζεῦξιν τοῦ Βοσπόρου to have pictures of the bridging of the Bosporus painted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ζωγραφέω: ζῷα ποιεῖν [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ζῷον

zoon

neuter of a derivative of 2198; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.

see GREEK for 2198

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ζῷον, ου, τό

n.n.

an animal

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ζῷον zōon 23x

a living creature, animal, Heb. 13:11; 2 Pet. 2:12

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSN — Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

liv'-ing kre'-tur:

(1) (nephesh chayyah, or nephesh hachayyah (nephesh, "breath" or "living things"; chayyah, "living"; compare Arabic nefs, "breath," chaiy, "living")): In the account of the creation this term is used of aquatic animals (Ge 1:21), of mammals (Ge 1:24) and of any animals whatsoever (Ge 2:19).

(2) ([chayyoth], plural of chayyah): The name of the "living creatures" of Eze 1:5-25, which had wings and the faces of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle; compare Eze 10:1-22.

(3) (zoon, "living thing," "animal"): The four "living creatures" (the King James Version "beasts") of

Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 13 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 42c. AD 40

ἐν δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων, καθάπερ ἔφην, ὁ θεὸς ἅπασαν τὴν τῶν φυτῶν ὕλην ἐκ γῆς ἀνεδίδου τελείαν καρποὺς ἔχουσαν οὐκ ἀτελεῖς ἀλλ’ ἀκμάζοντας, εἰς ἑτοιμοτάτην καὶ ἀνυπέρθετον χρῆσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ζῴων τῶν αὐτίκα γενησομένων.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.32c. AD 75–95

πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ζῷά τε κατʼ αὐτὴν νηκτὰ καὶ μετάρσια τὰ μὲν κατὰ βάθους τὰ δὲ διʼ ἀέρος ἀνῆκε συνδησάμενος αὐτὰ κοινωνίᾳ καὶ μίξει γονῆς ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ συναύξεσθαι καὶ πλεονάζειν αὐτῶν τὴν φύσιν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 10.7c. AD 100

ὅτι τὸ ζῷον τοῦτο παρ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσει τὴν φύσιν καὶ ποτὲ μὲν ἄρρεν, ποτὲ δὲ θῆλυ γίνεται.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 5th c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. BC 3rd c. AD
P.Lond. 2 p. 172-173 no. 198Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 175–AD 176

κυρίου ἐπὶ … κατῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἐνθάδε ἐπαγομένη … ἀφήλικος ὄντος πάντα τὰ καταλειφθέντα … ζῷα ἐν οἷς καὶ ἀνδράποδα καὶ χρυσοῦς κόσμος … ἀργυρώνητος καὶ ἐνδομενίαν οὐχ ὀλίγην

P.Oxy. 34 2704OxyrhynchosAD 292

παρεσχηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ αὐτοὺς ποιμένας αὐτοῖς λυμαίνεσθαι· διόπερ διαγορεύω φυλάξασθαι τοῖς καρποῖς ἐπαφεῖναι τὰ ζῷα· κατὰ τοῦ ἀπειθοῦντος ταῦτα ἐνεῖναι δίκην ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ὥστε αὐτῶν τῶν ζῴων ἀποστερηθῆναι καὶ

κοινῶς διδόαμεν. ὅταν δὲ ἔλθω σὺν θεῷ εἰς Ὄασιν, διδόαμεν τὸ κεφάλαιον καὶ τὰ ζῷα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνπορίας καὶ τὸ πρόλοιπον διαμερίσομεν ἀλλήλων• ἐὰν δέ, τὸ μή γένοιτο, ζημιωθῶ

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ὅμοιονhomoios like G3664 Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
45× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means similar in appearance or character, like something or someone else. It is used in John 9:9 and Revelation 1:13 to describe someone or something that resembles another. It can also describe a similarity in nature or condition.
Amplified meaning
comparable to
Tyndale gloss
like
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὅμοιος (transliterated as *homoios*) means 'like' or 'similar.' It is used in various contexts, including comparisons of appearance, nature, and behavior. In the New Testament, it appears frequently, often describing things that are alike or of the same kind. The lexicons do not present significant disagreements about its meaning or usage.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὅμοιος, -οία, -οιον,

[in LXX for כָּמוֹ, etc.;]

like, resembling, such as, the same as: c. dat., of form or appearance, Jo 9:9, Re 1:13 (WH, mg., R, but v. infr.) Re 1:15 2:18 4:6, 7 9:7, 10 (Bl., § 37, 62)

Re 9:19 11:1 13:2, 11; ὁράσει, Re 4:3; of nature, condition, ability, etc., Mt 22:39, Ac 17:29, Ga 5:21, I Jo 3:2, Re 13:4 18:18 21:11, 18; of comparison in parables, Mt 13:31 ff. 20:1…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὅμοιος (on the accent cf. [Chandler 88 384, 385]; W. 52 (51); Bttm. Ausf. Spr. § 11 Anm. 9), -ofa, -ovov, also of two term. (once in the N. T., Rev. iv.3 R*GLT Tr WH; ef. W.§ 11,1; [B. 26 (23)]), (fr. duds [akin to ἅμα (q. v.), Lat. similis, Eng. same, ete.]), [fr. Hom. down], like, similar, resembling: a. like i.e. resembling: τινί, in form or look, Jn. ix. 9; Rev. i. 13, 15; ii. 18; iv. 6 sq.; ix. 7, 10 [but here Tr txt. WH mrg. ὁμοίοις], 19; xi. 1; xiii. 2,11; xiv. 14 [but here T WH w. the accus. (for dat.)]; xvi. 13 Rec.; ὁράσει, in appearance, Rey. iv. 3; in nature, Acts xvii. 29; Gal. v.21; Rev. xxi.11, 18; in nature and condition, 1 Jn. iii. 2; in mode of thinking, feeling, acting, Mt. xi. 16; xiii. 52; Lk. vi. 47-49; vii. 31sq.; xii. 36, and L WH Tr txt. (see below) in Jn. viii. 55; i.q.may be compared to a thing, so in parables: Mt. xiii. 31, 33, 4454. 47; xx. 1; Lk. xiii. 18…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὅμοιος. For ὅμοιος as denoting the same rank or station cf. P Oxy I. 124? (iii/A.D.) “A8Spactos .. . γήμας ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων ἔσχεν θυγατέρας δύο, “ Adrastus married one of his own rank and had two daughters” (Edd.), and the apophthegm in PSI J. 120%8 (iv/a.pD.?) γάμει ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων" οἱ μὲν yap ἐκ τῶν κρεισσόνων γαμοῦντες δεσπότας κοὐκ οἰκείους κτῶνται. In P Ryl II. 1057° (a.p. 136) ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν opolw(v) = ‘‘as in similar cases.” The adj. is used with ἴσος in Sy// 162 (= 5312)37 (end iv/B.c.) ἐπ’ ἴσηι καὶ ὁμοίηι, ‘upon equal and similar terms,” and for a weakened sense see P Tebt IT. 30018 (a.p. 151) διὼ ἐπιδίδομι ὥπως περιερεθῇ (7. διὸ ἐπιδίδωμι ὅπως περιαιρεθῇ) [τ]οῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ταγῆναι ἐν τῇ τῶν ὁμο[ίων)] τάξι, ‘‘wherefore I present this notice, that this name may be struck off and may be inscribed in the list of such persons” (viz. the dead). On the flexion of the adj. see Moulton Gr. ii.…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὅμοιος (homoios) — like.

ὅμοιος

or (as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] ὁμοῖος, α, ον (compare ἐρῆμος, ἑτοῖμος): later Epic dialect also ὁμοίιος (B, which see); Aeolic dialect ὔμοιος [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (adverb -ως[Refs 4th c.AD+] ὑμοῖος [Refs 4th c.BC+]: (ὁμός):—like, resembling, ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁ. ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁ. 'birds of a feather flock together', [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ὁ. as in similar cases (of persons), [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc.: comparative -ότερος more like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative -ότατος most like, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. the same, ἄμφω γὰρ πέπρωται ὁμοίην γαῖαν ἐρεῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; hence (i.e. ἑαυτῷ), always the same, unchanging, αἰεὶ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας ὁμοῖοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]the same as ever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἓν καὶ ὅ. one and the same…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὅμοιος

homoios

from the base of 3674; similar (in appearance or character):--like, +

manner.

see GREEK for 3674

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὅμοιος, οία, οιον

Adj

like, similar to

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὅμοιος homoios 45x

like, similar, resembling, Mt. 11:16; 13:31, 33, 44, 45, 47, 52; Jn. 8:55, et al. freq.; like, of similar drift and force, Mt. 22:39

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὅμοιος ὅμοιος, ορ ionic and old attic ὁμοῖος, η, ον like, resembling, Lat. similis, Hom., etc.; proverb., τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον "birds of a feather flock together, " Od.; so, ὁ ὅμοιος τῷ ὁμοίῳ Plat.:—comp. ὁμοιότερος more like, id. Plat.; Sup. -ότατος most like, Hdt., Soph., etc.

= ὁ αὐτός, the same, Hom.; ἓν καὶ ὅμ. one and the same, Plat.; ὁμοῖον ἡμῖν ἔσται it will be all one to us, Lat. perinde erit, Hdt.; σὺ δ᾽ αἰνεῖν εἴτε με ψέγειν θέλεις, ὁμοῖον Aesch.

shared alike by both, common, ὁμ. πόλεμος war in which each takes part, Hom.; γῆρας, θάνατος, μοῖρα common to all, id. Hom.

equal in force, a match for one, Lat. par, Il., Hdt.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-NSN — Adjective · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-NSN Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
98%like
like98% · 45×like?2% · 1×

46 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
predicate91%object4%second object2%subject2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 45 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
πούςthe footλαλέωI speak, sayοὐράa tail
εἰμίI am, exist
τίςIrgαὐτόςθεῖοςdivine
τίςIrg
λέγωI say, speakοὖνtherefore, then
πάλινagain, further, on t
Article the
καίand, even, also,πόλιςa city
ὅμοιοςlike45×
what comes after →
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theἄνθρωποςa man, one of thπαιδίονa little child,
αὐτός
εἰμίI am, existἀγαπάωI love
υἱόςa son, descendent
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
χαλκολίβανονorichalcum, or frank
ὡςas, like as, how
ὅρασιςa sight, vision, app
λίθοςa stoneσμαράγδινοςmade of emerald

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὅμοιος · 45× in the New Testament
Revelation Luke Matthew John 1 John Acts Galatians Jude
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 31 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 100c. AD 40

„Ἔστι γάρ, φησίν, ἡγεμὼν καὶ ἄρχων ἁπάντων θεὸς εἷς ἀεὶ ὤν, μόνιμος, ἀκίνητος, αὐτὸς αὑτῷ ὅμοιος, ἕτερος τῶν ἄλλων.“

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.73c. AD 75–95

ὅμοια τοῖς ὑπὸ γιγάντων τετολμῆσθαι λεγομένοις ὑφʼ Ἑλλήνων καὶ οὗτοι δράσαι παραδίδονται.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 10.3c. AD 100

τὸ οὖν χοιρίον πρὸς τοῦτο εἶπεν: οὐ κολληθήσῃ φησίν, ἀνθρώποις τοιούτοις, οἵτινές εἰσιν ὅμοιοι χοίρων: τουτέστιν ὅταν σπαταλῶσιν, ἐπιλανθάνονται τοῦ κυρίου, ὅταν δὲ ὑστεροῦνται, ἐπιγινώσκουσιν τὸν κύριον, ὡς καὶ ὁ χοῖρος ὅταν τρώγει τὸν κύριον οὐκ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 1st c. AD 2nd c. BC 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD
PSI 10 1149Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 14

ἐντὸς περιβόλου τῶν ἱερῶν καθὼς ἔτι ἄνωθεν ἐποιοῦσαν, τοῦ τε ἱερατικοῦ νόμου Σεμνουθι τὸ ὅμοιον τοῖς κρίμασι τῶν ἡγεμόνων περιέχοντος· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑπηρεσιῶν, κεκρικότων τῶν ἡγεμονευσάντων

ἐπὶ τῶν μισσικίων, περὶ τῆς πολιτείας· … εἶπον ὑμῖν καὶ πρότερον ὅτι οὔκ ἐστιν ὁμοία οὐδὲ ἡ αὐτὴ … ὑμῶν ὑπόθεσις· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑμῶν εἶσιν ἐκ λεγιώνω οὐετρανοί

P.Bour. 13MemphisAD 98

ν ὑπὲρ δαπάνημα· τὸ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα περιεσόμενον καθαρὸν ἐπιγένημα ἔσται εἰς ἴσα καὶ ὅμοια μέρη δύο καὶ λήμψεται ἕκαστος αὐτῶν μέρος ἓν καὶ … ν … ει

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
ἀετῷaetos as an eagle G105 Noun · dative · singular · masculine
5× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
An eagle is a large bird, known for its wind-like flight. In the Bible, it is mentioned in Revelation 4:7 and 8:13, and also in Matthew 24:28 and Luke 17:37, possibly referring to a vulture.
Amplified meaning
a bird of prey
Tyndale gloss
eagle
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἀετός (transliterated as aetos) means 'eagle' and is used in various contexts, including biblical references in Revelation and Proverbs. It may also refer to a vulture in specific passages, as noted in Matthew and Luke. The word is derived from its association with flight and has been used in literature and architecture, symbolizing power and reach.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀετός, -οῦ, ὁ,

[in LXX for נֶשֶׁר;]

an eagle: Re 4:7 8:13 (Rec. ἀγγέλου) 12:14. Where carrion is referred to, ἀ. is probably a vulture (cf. Jb 39:30, Pr 30:17): Mt 24:28, Lk 17:37 (MM, VGT, s.v.).†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀετός, -οῦ, ὁ, (like Lat. avis, fr. ἄημι on account of its wind-like flight [ef. Curtius § 596]), [fr. Hom. down], in Sept. for 7), an eagle: Rev. iv.7; viii. 13 (Rec. ἀγγέλου): xii. 14. In Mt. xxiv. 28; Lk. xvii. 37 (as in Job xxxix. 30; Proy. xxx. 17) it is better, since eagles are said seldom or never to go in quest of carrion, to understand with many interpreters either the vultur percnopterus, which resembles an eagle (Plin. ἢ. n. 10, 3 “quarti generis — viz. aquilarum — est percnopterus”), or the vullur barbatus. Cf. Win. RWB. 5. v. Adler; [ Tristram, Nat. Hist. of the Bible, p. 172 sqq.]. The meaning of the proverb [cf. exx. in Wetst. on Mt. 1. 6.1 quoted in both passages is, ‘where there are sinners (cf. πτῶμα), there judgments from heaven will not be wanting’.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀετός (aetos) — eagle.

ἀετός,

Epic dialect, Lyric poetry, Ionic dialect, and early Attic dialect αἰετός (see. near the end), οῦ, ὁ, eagle, as a bird of omen, αἰ. τελειότατον πετεηνῶν[Refs 8th c.BC+]: favourite of Zeus, ὅστε σοὶ αὐτῷ φίλτατος οἰωνῶν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἰετὸς ἐν νεφέλαισι, of a thing quite out of reach, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀετὸν κάνθαρος μαιεύσομαι (see. μαιεύομαι):—the different kinds are distinguished by specific names, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

2. eagle as a standard, of the Persians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the Romans, [Refs 1st c.AD+]

3. the constellation [Refs 4th c.BC+]

II. omen, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

III. eagle-ray, Myliobatis aquila, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀετός

aetos

from the same as 109; an eagle (from its wind-like flight):--eagle.

see GREEK for 109

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀετός, οῦ, ὁ

n.m.

an eagle, bird of prey

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀετός aetos 5x

an eagle, Rev. 12:14; or vulture, Lk. 17:37

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀετός an eagle, Hom., etc.:—proverb., ἀετὸς ἐν νεφέλαισι, of a thing quite out of reach, Ar.

an eagle as a standard, of the Persians, Xen.; of the Romans, Plut.

in architecture, the pediment of a temple, Ar.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-DSM — Noun · dative · singular · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-DSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

e'-g'-l (nesher; aetos; Latin aquila): A bird of the genus aquila of the family falconidae.

The Hebrew nesher, meaning "to tear with the beak," is almost invariably translated "eagle," throughout the Bible; yet many of the most important references compel the admission that the bird to which they applied was a vulture.

There were many large birds and carrion eaters flocking over Palestine, attracted by the offal from animals slaughtered for tribal feasts and continuous sacrifice. The eagle family could not be separated from the vultures by their habit of feeding, for they ate the offal from slaughter as well as the vultures. One distinction always holds good. Eagles never flock. They select the tallest trees of the forest, the topmost crag of the mountain, and pairs live in solitude, hunting and feeding singly, whenever possible carrying their prey to the nest so that the young may gain…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Eagle

(Herb. nesher; properly the griffon vulture or great vulture, so called from its tearing its prey with its beak), referred to for its swiftness of flight (Deut. 28:49; 2 Sam. 1:23), its mounting high in the air (Job 39:27), its strength (Ps. 103:5), its setting its nest in high places (Jer. 49:16), and its power of vision (Job 39:27-30).

This “ravenous bird” is a symbol of those nations whom God employs and sends forth to do a work of destruction, sweeping away whatever is decaying and putrescent (Matt.…

Job 39:27-30, a large and very powerful bird of prey, hence called the King of birds. There are several species of eagle described by naturalists, and it is probable that this word in the Bible comprehends more than one of these. The noble eastern species, called by Mr. Bruce "the golden eagle," measures eight feet four inches from wing to wing; and from the tip of his tail to the point of his beak, when dead, four feet seven inches. Of all known birds, the eagle flies not only the highest, Pr 23:5 Jer 49:16 Ob 1:4, but also with the greatest rapidity. To this circumstance there are several striking allusions in the sacred volume,

Across the New Testament3 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 25 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria
Philo of AlexandriaWho is the Heir of Divine Things 154c. AD 40

τὰ γὰρ βραχύτατα ζῷα τοῖς μεγίστοις ἀναλογίᾳ σκοπῶν ἴσα ἂν εὕροι, ὡς χελιδόνα ἀετῷ καὶ τρίγλαν κήτει καὶ μύρμηκα ἐλέφαντι.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 8.82c. AD 75–95

ἑκάστην δὲ χώραν ὅρος ἐπεῖχεν εἰς ὑπόβασιν κατεσκευασμένος, ἐφʼ οἷς ἐτετόρευτο πῇ μὲν λέων πῇ δὲ ταῦρος καὶ ἀετός, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν κιονίσκων ὁμοίως ἐξείργαστο τοῖς κατὰ τὰ πλευρὰ τετορευμένοις.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. BC 2nd c. AD
P.Frankf. 5Kaites oder Oxyrhynchites (?)242 BC–241 BC

r ἔτους ἕκτου … ἀπογραφὴ λείας Ταρουθίνας Θρᾶιξ τῶν Ἀετοῦ … ἀπογράφομαι εἰς τὸ ἕβδομον ἔτος πρόβατα σὺν ἀρνάσιν διακόσια, αἶγα μίαν … ἐρίφους

P.Petr. 3 112 cArsinoites222 BC–221 BC

C … Παυσανίας … ιβαιλιος … ἁλικῆς Ἑρμᾶς Ἀετοῦ τοῦ γ ἱππαρχίας ἑκατοντάρουρος διὰ λογευτοῦ Δεινίου τοῦ β ἔτους χωματικὸν … … η

P.Oxy. 1 105OxyrhynchosAD 118–AD 138

Πεκύσιος διαθήκῃ, καὶ εἰμὶ ἐτῶν … , καὶ ἔστιν μου ἡ σφραγὶς Διὸς ἐπʼ ἀέτῳ. Ζωίλος Ζωίλου τοῦ Πανεχώτου τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς πόλεως μαρτυρῶ τῇ τοῦ Πεκύσεος διαθήκῃ,

And the living creature <the> first [was] like as a lion, and the second living creature like as a calf, and the third living creature he is having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like as an eagle flying.
πετομένῳ.petomai flying. G4072 Verb · present · no voice stated · participle · dative · singular · masculine
5× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Revelation than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To fly means to move through the air, as seen in Revelation 4:7 and 12:14. In the Bible, flying is often associated with spiritual or supernatural events. It can represent freedom or escape.
Amplified meaning
soaring through the air
Tyndale gloss
to fly
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word πέτομαι (petomai) means 'to fly' and is derived from a primary verb. It covers a range of meanings from the literal flight of birds and arrows to metaphorical uses, such as being 'on the wing' or having 'uncertain hopes.' In the New Testament, it appears exclusively in the book of Revelation, where it describes various flying creatures and movements.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πέτομαι,

[in LXX chiefly for עוּף;]

to fly: Re 4:7 8:13 12:14 14:6 19:17 (Rec. πετάομαι, q.v.).†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πέτομαι ; [fr. Hom. down]; Sept. for 43; to fly: Rev. iv. 7; viii. 13; xii. 14; xiv. 6; xix. 17; see merdopat.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πέτομαι. P Iand 13%° (iv/A.D.) χαρίζων μοι πετόμενος ἔρχοιρ, ‘for my sake fly and come to me.’’ The editor compares Cic. ad Alt. ii. 24. 5 te rogo, ut plane ad nos advoles. For the literal use of the word we may cite an Ephesian inscr. from the beginning of v/B.c., relating to augury—Sy// 8or (=8 1167)! ἐγ μὲν τῆς δεξιῆς és τὴν ἀριστερὴν πετόμενος, Hp μὲν ἀποκρύψε[ι, δεξιός, ‘‘in flying from right to left, if a bird conceal its wing, it is of good omen.” For the varied forms which this verb exhibits in Rev, the only book of the NT in which it is found, see Blass-Debrunner p. 60, where they are referred to an undefined pres. stem met—: cf. Helbing Gr. p. 83. See also the letter from a slave to her absent master, P Giss I. 171! (time of Hadrian) (=Chrest. I. p. 566) Sedov εἰ ἐδυνάμεθα πέτασθαι καὶ ἐλθεῖν kal προσκυνῆσαί σε, ‘would that I could fly and come and do obeisance to you!’’ where…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πέτομαι (petomai) — to fly.

πέτομαι,

2nd pers. singular πέτεαι [Refs 6th c.BC+]imperfect ἐπετόμην, Epic dialect πετ- [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future πετήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; shortened πτήσομαι (ἐκ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐπτόμην, infinitive πτέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; elsewhere in compounds, (ἐπι-) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently also ἐπτάμην, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular πτάτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive πτάσθαι (δια-) [Refs 5th c.BC+], participle πτάμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] in compounds predominate over those from ἐπτάμη; δι-έπτατο is found in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+] followed by κατ-έπτατο [Refs]; ἀν-επτάμαν is probably in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive πτῆται for πτᾶται, [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist of active form ἔπτην, ἔπτης, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; participle πτᾶσα [Refs]; elsewhere only in compounds, (δι-) [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πέπτηκα only as a coinage in…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

πέτομαι

petomai

petaomai pet-ah'-om-ahee, or contracted

ptaomai ptah'-om-ahee

middle voice of a primary verb; to fly:--fly(-ing).

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πέτομαι

v.

I fly

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πέτομαι petomai 5x

also spelled πετάομαι, to fly, Rev. 4:7; 8:13; 12:14; 14:6; 19:17*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πέτομαι πτάς as if from ἵπτημι to fly, of birds, bees, gnats, etc., Hom., etc.:—then, of arrows, stones, javelins, etc., Il.: also of any quick motion, to fly along, dart, rush, of men, id. Il., etc.

metaph. to be on the wing, flutter, Lat. volitare, of uncertain hopes, Pind., Soph.; of fickle natures, Eur.; ὄρνις πετόμενος a bird ever on the wing, Ar.; πετόμενόν τινα διώκεις "you are chasing a butterfly" Plat.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PNP-DSM — Verb · present · no voice stated · participle · dative · singular · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PNP-DSM Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: middle or passive depoNent Mood: Participle Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
80%flying
flying80% · 4×she may fly20% · 1×

5 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb80%adverbial20%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
ἀετόςan eagle, bird of pr
ὅμοιοςlike, similar toεἷςone
ἵναin order that, so th
μέγας
ἄγγελοςan angel, messenger
ἄλλοςother, another,
Article the
ὄρνεονa bird
πέτομαιflying.
what comes after →
ἐν
μεσουράνημαthe middle of he
εἰς
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπέτομαι · 5× in the New Testament
Revelation
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 17 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus
JosephusAgainst Apion 1.203c. AD 75–95

δείξαντος δὲ τοῦ μάντεως αὐτῷ τὸν ὄρνιθα καὶ φήσαντος, ἐὰν μὲν αὐτοῦ μένῃ προσμένειν συμφέρειν πᾶσιν, ἂν δʼ ἀναστὰς εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν πέτηται προάγειν, ἐὰν δὲ εἰς τοὔπισθεν ἀναχωρεῖν αὖθις, σιωπήσας καὶ παρελκύσας τὸ τόξον ἔβαλε καὶ τὸν ὄρνιθα πατάξας…

Sources on this page. Lexicons and dictionaries imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones, Robinson and Packard, Webster and Cawdrey. Thayer’s Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament (Harper, 1889 — Grimm’s Wilke’s Clavis Novi Testamenti, translated, revised and enlarged by Joseph Henry Thayer) is public domain and is set here from the Internet Archive page scan greekenglishlex00grim; it is uncorrected OCR, marked as such on the entry itself, and the Strong’s numbers — which Thayer’s own edition does not carry — were matched by lemma against the other modules on this page. Trench’s Synonyms of the New Testament (Macmillan, 1880) and Moulton and Milligan’s Vocabulary of the Greek Testament (Hodder & Stoughton, 1930, which entered the United States public domain on 1 January 2026) are set from Internet Archive page scans synonymsofnewtes00treniala and vocabularyofgree00mouluoft, and are likewise uncorrected OCR matched to Strong’s numbers by lemma. Trench treats a group of words at once, so the same essay stands on the page of each word it compares. The Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary is © 1993 and is used here by permission for non-commercial use, www.teknia.com/greek-dictionary. The full Liddell-Scott-Jones and the Hebrew word data (TAHOT) come from STEPBible.org, CC BY 4.0. Brown-Driver-Briggs is the OpenScriptures digitisation, public domain. Syntax analysis is the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (biblicalhumanities.org); the concordance and morphology are built from the tagged Nestle 1904 text. Septuagint occurrences use the Open Scriptures Septuagint lemma index, derived from CCAT (University of Pennsylvania) and the Rahlfs 1935 dataset by Eliran Wong, CC BY-NC-SA 4.0 — used here on a non-commercial ministry site. Greek of Josephus and Barnabas from the Perseus Digital Library, CC BY-SA 4.0. Commentaries and the Ante-Nicene Fathers are public-domain texts hosted on this site. Everyday Greek from the Duke Databank of Documentary Papyri, CC BY 3.0, with dates and provenance from the Heidelberger Gesamtverzeichnis. Philo and the Apostolic Fathers from Open Greek and Latin (First1KGreek), CC BY-SA 4.0. The apparatus and the fifth Greek column are the SBL Greek New Testament, © 2010 SBL and Logos Bible Software, CC BY 4.0. The Latin is the Clementine Vulgate (public domain); the Syriac New Testament is the ETCBC edition (MIT licence). The Hebrew behind the Greek is computed here from the Septuagint index and TAHOT, not taken from any aligned edition. The translation spread and the per-word edition marks come from the Translators Amalgamated Greek NT (STEPBible, CC BY 4.0); clause roles from the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (CC BY-SA 4.0); place identifications and their confidence from OpenBible.info Bible Geocoding (CC BY 4.0), with map tiles © OpenStreetMap contributors. Gospel parallels are computed here from shared uncommon vocabulary, not taken from any printed harmony. Cross references are the Treasury of Scripture Knowledge and the subject headings are Nave’s Topical Bible, both public domain. Works under Creative Commons licences are used unchanged apart from markup removal.

Everything we make is available for free because of a generous community of supporters.

Donate